SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

African Development Bank – ‘ANNLRPT’ for 12/31/21

On:  Tuesday, 8/9/22, at 7:40am ET   ·   For:  12/31/21   ·   Accession #:  1208646-22-74   ·   File #:  83-00004

Previous ‘ANNLRPT’:  ‘ANNLRPT’ on 9/20/21 for 12/31/20   ·   Next & Latest:  ‘ANNLRPT’ on 8/9/23 for 12/31/22

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

 8/09/22  African Development Bank          ANNLRPT    12/31/21    1:3.9M                                   Black & Callow/FA

Annual Report by an International Development Bank

Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: ANNLRPT     Annual Report by an International Development Bank  HTML   2.39M 


Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential)   (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page  –  Filing Submission
"Summary Information
"The Bank
"Membership of Certain Countries
"Governmental Approval of Borrowings
"Capitalisation
"Summary Statement of Income and Expenses
"Operations of the Bank
"Administration of the Bank
"The Agreement Establishing the African Development Bank
"General Description of the Securities
"Taxation
"Financial Highlights for the Years Ended 2021, 2020 and 2019
"Membership of France
"135
"Membership of Germany
"Membership of Japan
"Membership of Switzerland
"Membership of the United Kingdom
"Membership of the United States of America
"136

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



INFORMATION STATEMENT

 

 

 

African Development Bank

 

 

 

The African Development Bank (the “Bank” or “ADB”) intends from time to time to issue debt securities (the “Securities”) with maturities and on terms related to market conditions at the time of sale. The Securities may be sold to dealers or underwriters, who may resell the Securities in public offerings or otherwise. In addition, the Securities may be sold by the Bank directly or indirectly through agents.

 

 

 

 _______________________________________ 

 

 

The specific aggregate principal amount, status, maturity, interest rate, or interest rate formula and dates of payment of interest, purchase price to be paid to the Bank, any terms for redemption or other special terms, currency or currencies, form and denomination of Securities, information as to stock exchange listings and the names and any compensation of the dealers, underwriters or agents in connection with the sale of the Securities being offered at a particular time (“Offered Securities”) will be set forth or referred to in a prospectus, offering circular, information memorandum, supplemental information statement, or pricing supplement, together with the terms of offering of the Offered Securities.

 

Securities issued by the Bank are not required to be registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Accordingly, no registration statement has been filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”). The Securities have not been approved or disapproved by the Commission or any state securities commission nor has the Commission or any state securities commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Information Statement. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offence in the United States of America.

 

Recipients of this Information Statement should retain it for future reference, since it is intended that each prospectus, offering circular, information memorandum, or supplemental information statement or pricing supplement prepared in connection with the issuance of Offered Securities will refer to this Information Statement for a description of the Bank and its financial condition and results of operation, until a new information statement is issued.

 

 

 

9 August 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 
 

AVAILABILITY OF INFORMATION

 

The Bank will provide additional copies of this Information Statement and other information with respect to the Bank, including the Agreement Establishing the African Development Bank, as amended (the “Bank Agreement”) and its annual report to the Boards of Governors, upon request. Written or telephone requests may be directed to the Bank’s address at Immeuble Siege, 6 Avenue Joseph Anoma, Plateau, 01 BP 1387, Abidjan 01, Côte d’Ivoire, Attention: The Treasurer, telephone +225-272-026-2028, facsimile +225-272-024-2155. This Information Statement is also available on the Bank’s website (http://www.afdb.org). The annual report and the documents and information on the Bank’s website are not intended to be incorporated by reference in this Information Statement.

 

 

In the United States, this Information Statement is to be filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the ‘‘SEC’’) electronically through the EDGAR system and will be available at the website address http://www.sec.gov/edgarhp.htm. The Bank has also filed unaudited quarterly financial statements with the SEC. These filings are also available electronically through the EDGAR system.

 

 

The issuance of this Information Statement or any prospectus, offering circular, information memorandum, supplemental information statement, pricing circular and the offering and sale of Securities are not a waiver by the Bank or by any of its members, Governors, Directors, Alternates, officers or employees of any of the rights, immunities, privileges or exemptions conferred upon any of them by the Bank Agreement, or by any statute, law or regulation of any member of the Bank or any political subdivision of any member, all of which are hereby expressly reserved.

 

 

The Bank uses a unit of account (the “Unit of Account” or “UA”) equivalent to the International Monetary Fund’s (IMF) Special Drawing Right (SDR) as its reporting currency. The value of the SDR, which may vary from day to day, is currently computed daily in U.S. dollars by the IMF. Except as otherwise specified, all amounts in this Information Statement and any prospectus, offering circular, information memorandum, supplemental information statement or pricing supplement are expressed in UA. Currencies have been translated into UA at the rates of exchange used by the Bank and prevailing on the last day of the period presented. In certain instances, amounts in UA have also been presented in U.S. dollars at the conversion rates set forth below. Such presentations are made solely for convenience and should not be construed as a representation that the UA actually represents, has been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at these or any other rates.

 

 

In recent years, there have been significant changes in the relative values of the U.S. dollar and the component currencies of the UA. The Bank makes no representation that would indicate that the U.S. dollar or any other currency accurately reflects the historical financial performance or present financial condition of the Bank. Exchange rates used by the Bank for converting UA into U.S. dollars are as follows:

 

 

As at 31 December

 

  2021 2020 2019 2018 2017
    Rate of 1 UA = US$ 1.39958 1.44027 1.38283 1.39079 1.42413

 

 

 C: 
  C: i 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Summary Information 1
The Bank 6
Membership of Certain Countries 6
Governmental Approval of Borrowings 6
Capitalisation 7
Summary Statement of Income and Expenses 13
Operations of the Bank 14
Administration of the Bank 22
The Agreement Establishing the African Development Bank 26
General Description of the Securities 27
Taxation 27
Management’s Report Regarding the Effectiveness of Internal Controls over External Financial Reporting 28
Independent Auditor's Report Regarding the Effectiveness of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 30
Financial Highlights for the Years Ended 2021, 2020 and 2019 33
Membership of France 135
Membership of Germany 135
Membership of Japan 135
Membership of Switzerland 135
Membership of the United Kingdom 135
Membership of the United States of America 136


 

 C: 
 ii 
 

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

 

AfDB or the Bank African Development Bank
ADF African Development Fund
ALM Asset and Liability Management
Board of Directors The Board of Directors of the Bank
Board of Governors The Board of Governors of the Bank
CEAS Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions
DAC Development Assistance Committee
ECP Euro Commercial Paper
EDGAR Electronic Data-Gathering, Analysis & Retrieval System
GCI-IV Fourth General Capital Increase
GCI-V Fifth General Capital Increase
GCI-VI Sixth General Capital Increase
GCI-VII Seventh General Capital Increase
GDIF Global Debt Issuance Facility
HIPC Heavily Indebted Poor Countries
IAS International Accounting Standard
IASB International Accounting Standards Board
IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards
IMF International Monetary Fund
NTF Nigeria Trust Fund
OECD Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
PML Prudential Minimum Level of Liquidity
PSO Private Sector Operations
RMC Regional Member Countries
SDR Special Drawing Right
Ten-Year Strategy The Bank’s 2013-2022 strategy
UA Unit of Account
USCP USD Commercial Paper

 

 

 C: 
 iii 
 

SUMMARY INFORMATION
(All numerical data are as at 31 December 2021, except as otherwise indicated.)

 

General

 

The Bank is a regional multilateral development institution established in 1963. The Bank’s membership consists of 54 African states (the “regional member countries” or “RMCs”) and 27 non-African states (the “non-regional member countries”).

 

The central goal of the Bank’s activities is promoting sustainable economic growth and reducing poverty in Africa. The Bank provides financing for a broad range of development projects and programmes. In addition, it: (i) provides policy-based loans and equity investments; (ii) finances non-publicly guaranteed private sector loans; (iii) offers technical assistance for projects and programmes that provide institutional support; (iv) promotes the investment of public and private capital; and (v) responds to requests for assistance in coordinating RMC development policies and plans. The Bank also gives high priority to national and multinational projects and programmes that promote regional economic cooperation and integration. The Bank's 2013-2022 strategy (the “Ten Year Strategy”) focuses on achieving inclusive growth and assisting Africa to gradually transition to green growth. The Ten-Year Strategy is built around five core operational priorities, specifically, infrastructure development, regional integration, private sector development, governance, skills and technology. To accelerate the delivery on the Ten-Year Strategy and advance the transformation of Africa, the Bank decided in 2015 to place a sharper focus on five priority areas known as “The High 5s”. The High 5s are: Light up and Power Africa, Feed Africa, Industrialize Africa, Integrate Africa, and Improve the quality of life for the people of Africa.

 

The Bank’s capital stock is owned by its member countries. On 31 October 2019, at its Fifth Extraordinary Meeting, the Bank’s Board of Governors (the “Board of Governors”) adopted Resolution B/BG/EXTRA/2019/03 authorising the Seventh General Capital Increase (GCI-VII). Under the capital structure of the Bank, the share in the Bank’s overall share capital of regional member countries is 60 percent and that of non-regional member countries is 40 percent. As at 31 December 2021, the authorised capital of the Bank was UA 180,638.83 million.

 

Assets

 

Loan Portfolio – The Bank’s principal asset is its portfolio of loans. The Bank provides loans to its regional member countries and to public sector enterprises guaranteed by the governments of RMCs. The Bank also extends loans to private sector enterprises of its RMCs without government guarantee. It is the Bank’s general policy on sovereign lending that each loan to an entity other than a government should be guaranteed by the government within whose jurisdiction the financed project lies. Loans may be granted to eligible private sector entities without a government guarantee. Generally, such loans are secured by collateral. As at 31 December 2021, cumulative loans and grants signed, net of cancellations, amounted to UA 56.28 billion, UA 1.29 billion higher than 2020 while total disbursed and outstanding loans, before the accumulated provision for impairment, were UA 20.66 billion, a decrease of UA 0.68 billion over the UA 21.34 billion outstanding as at the end of 2020. Although the Bank experiences delays in payments on some of its loans, it expects that sovereign and sovereign guaranteed loans will eventually be paid, and such delays will only affect the timing of the cash flows on the loans. For non-sovereign and sovereign loans, a significant increase in credit risk is considered to have occurred when the rating at the reporting date has been downgraded or contractual payments are more than 30 days past due and the overdue amount is higher than UA 25,000. Except that in the case of sovereign loans, the rating downgrade and 30 days overdue must occur at the same time with the overdue amounts exceeding the set limit. If in a subsequent period, asset quality improves and any previously assessed significant increase in credit risk since origination is reversed, then the provision for doubtful debts reverts from lifetime expected credit loss (“ECL”) to 12-months ECL. Exposures whose credit rating remains within the Bank’s investment grade criteria are considered to have a low credit risk even where their credit rating has deteriorated.

 

Liquidity – The Bank holds sufficient liquid assets to secure the continuity of normal operations even in the unlikely event that it is unable to obtain additional resources from the capital markets for one year. To achieve this, the Bank computes a prudential minimum level of liquidity (“PML”) based on the projected net cash requirement for a rolling one-year period. The liquidity policy sets the PML as the Bank’s projected net cash requirements for a 1-year horizon and is updated quarterly and computed as the sum of four components: (1) 1-year debt service requirements; (2) 1-year projected net loan disbursements (loans disbursed less repayments) if greater than zero; (3) the loan equivalent value of signed guarantees; and (4) undisbursed equity investments. The maximum level of liquidity is determined by the Bank’s debt limits.

 

 

 C: 
  C: 1 
 

Liabilities, Capital and Reserves

 

Liabilities As at 31 December 2021, the Bank’s total borrowings (including subordinated debt of UA 78.50 million) amounted to UA 25,115.71 million. The Bank raises resources in a cost-effective manner across markets in order to finance programmes and projects in its regional member countries and to meet its liquidity requirements. The capital adequacy framework approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) adopted the use of a single debt to usable capital ratio to monitor the Bank’s leverage. The ratio caps the Bank’s total outstanding debt at 100 percent of usable capital. Usable capital comprises the equity of the Bank and the callable capital of its non-borrowing members rated A- or better. The Bank’s usable capital as at 31 December 2021 was UA 58,825.21 million and its debt to usable capital ratio, a measure of the Bank’s financial leverage, was 42.7 percent.

 

Capital and Reserves Subscriptions to the capital stock of the Bank are made up of initial subscriptions to the capital, a voluntary capital increase, a series of special capital increases and general increases of the Bank’s capital. On 31 October 2019, the Board of Governors approved the Seventh General Capital Increase (GCI-VII). GCI-VII increased the authorised capital stock of the Bank by 125% from UA 69,472 million to UA 153,191 million with the creation of 8,371,881 new shares.

 

At its Extraordinary General Meeting held on 5 March 2021, the Board of Governors adopted a resolution, effective immediately, authorising the creation of temporary callable capital stock increasing the Bank’s capital from UA 153,191,360,000 to UA 181,795,830,000. During the same meeting, the Board of Governors approved and authorised the return and cancellation of temporary callable shares without Voting Powers, created in 2019 and subscribed to by Canada and the Kingdom of Sweden, from the total authorised capital stock of the Bank, as part of the interim measures pending the conclusion of the Seventh General Capital Increase. Consequently, the authorised capital of the Bank was reduced by UA 1,157,000,000, bringing it down to UA 180,638,830,000.

 

The par value of one share of the Bank’s capital is UA 10,000. The newly created 8,371,881 GCI-VII shares are composed of paid-up shares (6 percent) and callable shares (94 percent). The shares of the Bank are allocated to the regional and non-regional members such that, when fully subscribed, the regional members will hold 60 percent of the total capital stock of the Bank and the non-regional members will hold the balance of 40 percent.

 

As at 31 December 2021, of the Bank’s total subscribed capital of UA 148,473.62 million, an amount of UA 9,958.90 million (7 percent) represented the paid-up portion and UA 138,514.72 million (93 percent) was callable. The portion of paid-up capital for which the Bank has received payment, referred to as paid-in capital, amounted to UA 5,710.57 million as at 31 December 2021.

 

As at 31 December 2021, the callable capital of the Bank’s 27 non-regional member countries was UA 56,523.92 million, which represented 225.05 percent of the Bank’s total outstanding borrowings as at 31 December 2021. As at 31 December 2021, the callable capital of the Bank’s 21 industrialised member countries that are also members of the Development Assistance Committee (“DAC”) of the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) (namely Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Korea, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the United Kingdom and the United States) was UA 53,290.97 million, representing 212.18 percent of the Bank’s total outstanding borrowings as at 31 December 2021.

 

Under the Bank Agreement, the total amount outstanding in respect of the ordinary operations of the Bank (consisting of approved loans less cancellations and repayments, plus equity participations) shall not at any time exceed the total amount of its unimpaired subscribed capital, reserves, and surplus. Such total amount outstanding as at 31 December 2021 was UA 30,448.40 million and such total capital (net of the Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions (“CEAS”), reserves and surplus) was UA 151,468.97 million, resulting in a ratio of 20.1 percent. The ratio of disbursed and outstanding loans (including irrevocable commitments to pay undisbursed amounts) to equity was 237 percent. The Bank’s total equity (paid-in capital and reserves net of CEAS) also referred to as risk capital, amounted to UA 8,705.92 million. The risk capital utilization rate, which measures the amount of capital consumed by the Bank's activities, was 84.3 percent.

 

Profitability

 

Although profit maximisation is not a primary objective, the Bank has earned a profit in every year since it began operations in 1966, except in 2015. For 2021, income before transfers approved by the Board of Governors amounted to UA 96.55 million. The Bank does not distribute dividends to its shareholders. Under the Bank Agreement, reserves have first claim on net income. After a determination has been made regarding the amount to be retained in reserves, any remaining amount is allocated to: (i) fulfil commitments or conditional undertakings approved by the Board of Governors; (ii) a surplus account; and/or (iii) distributed to key initiatives.

 C: 
 2 
 

 

Accounting Standards

 

The financial statements of the Bank are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

 

 

Risk Management and Internal Control

 

The Bank seeks to minimise its exposure to risks that are not essential to its core business of providing development finance and related assistance. Accordingly, the Bank’s risk management policies, guidelines and practices are designed to reduce exposure to interest rate, currency, liquidity, counterparty, legal and other operational risks while maximising the Bank’s capacity to assume credit risks to public and private sector clients, within its approved risk limits. The Bank’s risk management policies and practices are included in the notes to the financial statements.

 

Following the approval by the Board of Directors in 2004, the Bank established an Internal Control Unit (ICU) to implement, among other duties, the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations (COSO) control framework to regularly evaluate the effectiveness of its internal controls in all significant business operations. Management and the External Auditors issue an annual attestation on the effectiveness of the Bank’s internal controls over financial reporting as part of the annual audit process. The attestations at the end of 2021 are included elsewhere in this document.

The above information is qualified by the detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 C: 
 3 
 

SUMMARY OF SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(Amounts expressed in millions of UA)

  Years Ended 31 December
  2021 2020 2019 2018
Cash, Investments 13,097.04 11,158.00 12,455.42 12,542.54
Approved Loans less Cancellations:        
Disbursed and outstanding 20,661.96 21,343.24 20,276.13 19,283.49
Undisbursed (1)                  8,803.24    8,979.00    8,005.25 6,957.62
Outstanding Borrowings:        
Total 25,115.71 25,090.10 25,466.87 23,989.86
Senior 25,037.21 25,013.82 25,387.54 22,769.71
Subordinated 78.50 76.28 79.33 220.15
Authorised Capital   180,638.83 153,191.36 153,191.36     66,975.05
Subscribed Capital and Reserves:        
Paid-up capital 9,958.90 7,053.87 4,950.44 4,956.92
Callable capital 138,514.72 93,792.81 61,195.88 60,150.99
Total callable - non-regional members 56,523.92 42,596.86 25,940.04     24,731.33
Total callable - members of the DAC of the OECD 53,290.97 39,768.37 24,388.87     23,218.99
Total Reserves 3,151.19 2,857.61 2,797.24 2,806.65
Cash and Investments as a Percentage of        
  Undisbursed portion of approved loans 148.78% 124.27% 155.59% 180.27%
  Outstanding borrowings 52.15% 44.47% 48.91% 52.28%
Disbursed and Outstanding Loans as a Percentage of        
  Subscribed Capital plus Reserves(2)(3) 13.64% 20.61% 29.47% 28.46%
Total Outstanding Borrowings as a Percentage of        
  Total callable capital 18.13% 26.75% 41.69% 39.88%
  Callable capital of non-borrowing members 44.43% 58.90% 97.87% 97.00%
  Callable capital of DAC members of OECD 47.13% 63.09% 104.09% 103.32%
Senior Debt as a Percentage of        
  Total callable capital   18.08% 26.67% 41.49% 39.52%
  Callable capital of non-borrowing members 44.29% 58.72% 97.87% 96.11%
  Callable capital of DAC members of OECD 46.98% 62.90% 104.09% 98.07%
Total Outstanding Borrowings as a Percentage of        
Usable Capital(4) 42.70% 56.37% 84.23% 83.14% 
Total Reserves as a Percentage of        
  Disbursed and outstanding loans(3)   15.25% 13.39% 13.80% 14.55%
  Total outstanding borrowings 12.55% 11.39% 10.98% 11.70%
Income before transfers approved by the Board of Governors 96.55 198.40 126.17 124.68
Weighted Average Interest Rate on:        
  Disbursed and Outstanding Loans for the Year 1.66% 2.21% 3.29% 3.22%
Weighted Average Cost of:        
  Debt contracted during the year   0.07% 0.86% 1.44% 1.93%
  Outstanding borrowings(5)  0.30%  1.08% 2.02% 1.89%
Average Life of Outstanding Borrowings (Years) 4.05  3.84  4.01  4.01
Interest coverage ratio(6) (1.25x)(7)   2.36X 1.78X 1.27X 1.29x
Risk Capital Utilization Rate (RCUR)(8) 84.30% 93.50% 86.10%* 75.7%

 

(*) Certain reclassifications of prior year’s amounts have been made to conform to the presentation in the current year. These reclassifications

 C: 
 4 
 

did not affect prior year’s reported result.

(1)       Excludes loans approved but unsigned

(2)       Subscribed capital is net of the Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions

(3)       Net of the Special Reserve. Disbursed and outstanding loans include irrevocable reimbursement guarantees

(4)The Bank’s policy limits the debt to usable capital ratio to 100 percent. The usable capital is defined as the sum of paid in capital, reserves and callable capital from non-borrowing countries rated A- or better

(5)        The weighted average cost on borrowings excludes the mark-to-market (“MTM”) impact

(6)        Operating income plus interest expense, divided by interest expense

(7)       Indicates the Banks target ratio

(8)       The Bank’s policy limits the RCUR to 100 percent

 

The above information should be read in conjunction with the annual financial statements for the respective periods and is qualified by the detailed information and financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Information Statement.

 C: 
 5 
 

THE BANK

 

The Bank is a regional multilateral development institution with membership comprising 54 African states and 27 non-African states from the Americas, Asia, and Europe (the “regional members” and “non- regional members”, respectively). The Bank was established in 1963 and operates under the Bank Agreement signed in Khartoum, Sudan, on 4 August 1963. The Bank began operations in 1966 with 29 regional members. The Bank Agreement was amended on 7 May 1982 to permit non-regional countries to be admitted as members. A list of the members as at 31 December 2021 showing each member’s voting power and the amount of its subscription to the Bank’s capital stock is provided in Note K to the financial statements included herein. In conformity with the finding of the United Nations’ General Assembly, the membership of the former Yugoslavia was formally suspended by the Board of Directors (see Note K to the financial statements included herein).

 

The central goal of the Bank’s activities is promoting sustainable economic growth and reducing poverty in Africa. The Bank provides financing for a broad range of development projects and programmes. In addition, it: (i) provides policy-based loans and equity investments; (ii) finances non-publicly guaranteed private sector loans; (iii) offers technical assistance for projects and programmes that provide institutional support; (iv) promotes the investment of public and private capital; and (v) responds to requests for assistance in coordinating RMC development policies and plans. The Bank also gives high priority to national and multinational projects and programmes that promote regional economic cooperation and integration. The Bank's 2013-2022 strategy (the “Ten-Year Strategy”) focuses on achieving inclusive growth and assisting Africa to gradually transition to green growth. The Bank is responding to the challenge of supporting inclusive growth and the transition to green growth by scaling up investment and implementation of the Ten-Year Strategy by focusing on five priority areas, referred to as the “High 5s”. The High 5s are to “Light up and power Africa”; “Feed Africa”; “Industrialize Africa”; “Integrate Africa” and “Improve the quality of life for the people of Africa”.

 

The Banks ordinary operations are financed from its ordinary capital resources. The ordinary capital resources include subscribed capital stock, borrowings by the Bank, loan repayments, income from loans, equity investments and guarantees and other funds and income received by the Bank in its ordinary operations. The capital stock of the Bank is divided into paid-up capital and callable capital. The Bank's paid-up capital is the amount of capital payable over a period specified in the Board of Governors' resolution approving the relevant capital increase. The callable capital is subject to call only as and when required by the Bank, to meet obligations incurred on funds borrowed or loans guaranteed.

 

In addition to its ordinary operations, the Bank administers the African Development Fund (the “ADF”), which provides loan financing on concessionary terms to RMCs that are in the greatest need of such financing. The ADF is legally and financially separate from the Bank, and the Bank is not liable for any obligations of the ADF. The Bank also administers, under separate agreements and arrangements, the Nigeria Trust Fund (the “NTF”) and several other special and trust funds. The resources of these special and trust funds are held, committed and otherwise disposed of entirely separately from the Banks ordinary capital resources (see Note S-3 and S-4 to the Financial Statements included herein).

MEMBERSHIP OF CERTAIN COUNTRIES

 

Information with respect to the membership and total subscription of certain member countries, including the United States, Japan, France, Germany, Switzerland and the United Kingdom, is included on the inside back cover in copies of this Information Statement circulated in such respective countries.

GOVERNMENTAL APPROVAL OF BORROWINGS

 

As required by the Bank Agreement, offerings of Securities will only be made in the currency or markets of a member country after the government of such member has consented to the raising of funds by the Bank and the issuance of Securities in such currency or markets and has agreed that the proceeds from the sale of securities may be exchanged for the currency of any other country without restriction.

 C: 
 6 
 

CAPITALISATION

General

 

The following table sets forth the outstanding borrowings, capital stock and reserves and net income of the Bank as at 31 December 2021:

 

  In UA million
Outstanding Borrowings(1)  
Debt Payable in:  
U.S. Dollar  12,492.94
Euro  4,278.05
Japanese Yen  1,564.05
Other currencies  6,780.67
Total debt (*) 25,115.71
   
Of which :   Total Senior Debt  (*) 25,037.21
                   Total Subordinated Debt (*) 78.50
   
Capital Stock and Reserves(2)  
Authorised capital 180,638.83
Unsubscribed capital  32,165.21
Subscribed capital  148,473.62
Less: Callable capital (138,514.72)
Paid-up capital 9,958.90
Shares to be issued upon payment of future instalment (4,248.94)
Amount paid in advance  0.61
Amount in arrears                -
Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions (CEAS) (155.84)
Capital net of CEAS           5,554.73
Reserves  for the Year           3,151.19
   
Total Capital and Reserves           8,705.92

 

 

 

(1)For a description of the Banks borrowing policies and the currency distributions and other details with respect to borrowings, as well as the effects of currency and interest rate swaps undertaken by the Bank on the currency composition and weighted average interest cost of the Banks payment obligations, see “Borrowings” and Note M to the financial statements included herein.

 

(2)For a more complete description of subscriptions to the capital stock and voting power, see Note K to the financial statements included herein. For a more complete description of Reserves, see Note K to the financial statements included herein.

 

(*)Figures represent total carrying amount of borrowings measured at fair value and those held at amortized costs in the financial statements (amount shown inclusive of net unamortised premium/discounts).
 C: 
 7 
 

Authorised Capital

 

The Bank’s original authorised capital stock of UA 250 million has been increased in line with the provisions of the Bank Agreement, which provides that the authorised capital stock may be increased as and when the Board of Governors deems it advisable. The authorised capital stock of the Bank has undergone several increases recently. Four special capital increases were approved in 2008 (Resolution B/BG/2008/07), 2009 (Resolution B/BG/2009/05), 2012 (Resolution B/BG/2012/04) and 2019 (Resolution B/BG/2019/04), to enable membership and subscription of shares by the Republic of Turkey, the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, the Republic of South Sudan, and Ireland, respectively.

 

In 2009, Canada and Korea responded favourably to the Bank’s need for expanded financial capacity pending decisions on a sixth General Capital Increase (GCI-VI) of the Bank by a temporary increase of their callable capital with no attached voting rights. The special capital increase, adopted by the Board of Governors Resolution B/BG/2010/02, brought the authorised capital of the Bank to UA 23,947 million. The Resolution provided for the retirement and cancellation of the temporary callable capital subscribed by Canada (UA 1.63 billion) and the Republic of Korea (UA 0.19 billion) upon the effectiveness of their respective subscriptions to a general capital increase and pursuant to authorization by the Board of Governors.

 

GCI-VI was approved by the Board of Governors’ Resolution B/BG/2010/08, raising the authorised capital of the Bank from UA 23,947 million to UA 67,687 million, representing a 200 percent increase of the Bank’s authorised capital (excluding Canada and Korea’s temporary callable capital and special capital increases for Turkey and Luxembourg) with a paid-up capital of 6 percent. The shares created under GCI-VI were allocated to regional and non-regional members in such proportions that when fully subscribed, the regional members would hold 60 percent of the total voting power and the non-regional members would hold 40 percent of the total voting power. Pursuant to due authorisation by resolutions of the Board of Governors, the temporary callable shares of Canada and Korea were cancelled in 2011 and 2012, respectively.

 

In 2019, the Board of Governors adopted and authorised the creation of non-voting temporary callable capital of 115,700 shares as part of the interim measures pending the conclusion of the Seventh General Capital Increase (GCI-VII). Canada subscribed for 79,000 shares and Sweden for 35,700 shares in July 2019 and December 2019 respectively. In line with the terms of their subscriptions, both member countries returned the non-voting temporary callable shares to the Bank following the effectiveness of their subscriptions to GCI-VII on 10 December 2020 for Sweden, and 18 February 2021 for Canada.

 

On 31 October 2019, the Board of Governors approved GCI-VII, representing a 125 percent increase of the capital resources of the Bank. Consequently, GCI-VII increased the authorized capital stock of the Bank from UA 69,472 million1 to UA 153,191 million with the creation of 8,371,881 new shares. The new shares are allocated to the regional and non-regional members in such proportions that, when fully subscribed, the regional members would hold 60 percent of the total voting power of the Bank, whilst the non-regional members would hold 40 percent of the total voting power. The new capital stock of the Bank is divided into paid-up and callable shares in the proportion of 6 percent and 94 percent respectively.

 

The paid-up portion of the GCI-VII subscription is payable in twelve annual instalments for member countries eligible to receive financing from ADF and eight annual instalments for member countries not eligible to receive financing from ADF. A member country’s payment of the first instalment triggers its subscription, and the entire callable shares are issued. Shares representing the paid-up portion of the subscription are issued only as and when the Bank receives the actual payments for such shares.

 

At the Seventh Extraordinary General Meeting held on 5 March 2021, the Board of Governors adopted and authorized the creation of 2,860,447 temporary callable capital shares increasing the Bank’s authorised capital from one UA 153,191,360,000 to UA 181,795,830,000. The new shares created which are in the form of callable shares, will expire on 31 December 2023, or such earlier date as the Bank may determine. All Instruments of Subscription are qualified and effective only in the case of a single event leading to a reduction in the stock of the Bank’s AAA-rated callable capital by at least 30 percent that would have the effect of reducing the coverage of the Bank’s net debt by AAA-rated callable capital below 100 percent (the “Qualifying Event”). Upon the occurrence of the Qualifying Event, members who have subscribed to the temporary callable capital stock will acquire certain voting rights. Each share will have a par value of UA 10,000, as set forth in the Resolution.

 

 


1 The amount of UA 69,472,550,000 includes: (i) the special capital increase of UA 1,340,500,000, authorized under Resolution B/BG/2019/04 to allow the Republic of Ireland to subscribe to UA 536,200,000. The remainder of UA 804,300,000 were to be subscribed by RMCs to maintain the 60 percent - 40 percent ratio between RMCs and non-RMCs ; (ii) the temporary increase in non-voting callable capital of UA 800,000,000 allocated to the Government of Canada under Resolution B/BG/2019/09 ; and (iii) the temporary increase in non-voting callable capital of UA 357,000,000 allocated to the Kingdom of Sweden pursuant to Resolution B/BG/EXTRA/2019/01.

 

 C: 
 8 
 

At the same Seventh Extraordinary Meeting held on 5 March 2021, the Board of Governors approved the requests to cancel the non-voting temporary callable shares of the Kingdom of Sweden and Canada mentioned in the above paragraph. In addition to the cancellation process, the Board of Governors approved a commensurate reduction in the authorised capital stock of the Bank by 115,700 shares in conformity with Article 29 (2) (a) of the Agreement establishing the Bank. The authorised capital of the Bank was thus reduced by UA 1,157,000,000, bringing it down to its current level of UA 180,638,830,000.

 

Subscribed Capital

 

Member countries subscribe to the capital of the Bank by depositing an instrument of subscription. The subscription is deemed effective when the member country pays the first instalment of the paid-up capital. The shares representing the paid-up portion are issued when the Bank receives the actual payments for such shares, while the entire callable shares are issued upon the payment of the first instalment of the paid-up capital.

 

As at 31 December 2021, the total subscribed capital of the Bank amounted to UA 148,473.62 million of which, an amount of UA 9,958.90 million (7 percent) was paid-up capital and UA 138,514.72 million (93 percent) was callable capital.

 

The Bank Agreement provides that shares of capital stock are to be issued at par value (UA 10,000 per share), unless the Board of Governors decides by a majority vote to issue them on other terms. The liability of the members is limited to the unpaid portion of the issue price of the shares. Shares are transferable only to the Bank.

 

Callable Capital

 

As at 31 December 2021, the Bank’s total callable capital was UA 138,514.72 million. Of this amount, UA 56,523.92 million represented the callable capital of the Bank’s non-regional member countries. The callable capital of the 21 Bank members, who are also members of the DAC of the OECD, was UA 53,290.97 million.

 

Callable capital is that portion of the subscribed capital stock subject to call only as and when required by the Bank to meet its obligations on borrowings of funds for inclusion in its ordinary capital resources or guarantees chargeable to such resources. In the event of a call, payment must be made by the member countries concerned in gold, convertible currency or in the currency required to discharge the obligation of the Bank for which the call was made.

 

Calls on the callable capital are required to be uniform in percentage on all shares of capital stock, but obligations of the members to make payment upon such calls are independent of each other. The failure of one or more members to make payments on any such call would not excuse any other member from its obligation to make payment. Further calls can be made on non-defaulting members, if necessary, to meet the Bank’s obligations. However, no member could be required to pay more than the unpaid balance of its ordinary capital subscription. No call has ever been made on the callable capital of the Bank.

 

 

Paid-up Capital

 

As at 31 December 2021, the total paid-up capital stock of the Bank amounted to UA 9,958.90 million.

 

The Board of Governors determines the modes of payment for paid-up capital stock as well as the period over which payment is to be made. Prior to May 1981, all payments in respect of the paid-up capital were required to be made in convertible currencies. However, with respect to subscriptions under the capital increases authorised in May 1979 (but effective December 1982) and in May 1981, regional members had the following two options for making their payments: (i) five equal annual instalments, of which at least 50 percent is payable in convertible currency and the remainder in local currency; or (ii) five equal annual instalments, of which 20 percent is payable in convertible currency and 80 percent in non-negotiable, non-interest bearing notes. Such notes were payable solely in convertible currency in ten equal annual instalments, commencing on the fifth anniversary of the first subscription payment date. Non-regional members were required to make their payments solely in convertible currencies.

 

For GCI-IV, regional members were required to make payment for their subscriptions as follows: (i) 50 percent in five equal annual instalments in cash in freely convertible currencies; and (ii) 50 percent by the deposit of five non-negotiable, non-interest-bearing notes of equal value denominated in UA and payable between the sixth and tenth year of subscription in convertible currencies according to a specific schedule. For non-regional members, payments were to be made in five equal annual instalments in their national currencies, if such currencies were freely convertible, or in notes denominated in convertible currencies and payable on demand.

 C: 
 9 
 

 

For GCI-V, the paid-up portion of the shares was payable in eight equal and consecutive annual instalments, in convertible currencies.

 

For GCI-VI, the paid-up portion of the shares was payable in twelve equal and consecutive annual instalments for those members eligible to receive financing exclusively from the ADF, and in eight equal and consecutive annual instalments by all other members. Payments were only made in convertible currencies. Shares representing the paid-up portion of subscriptions were only issued when the Bank received actual payments for such shares.

 

For GCI-VII, the paid-up portion of the subscription is payable in eight equal annual instalments for member countries not eligible to borrow from the ADF, and in twelve equal annual instalments for member countries eligible to borrow from the ADF. Some member countries have elected to pay their subscription in fewer instalments, opting for the advance payment scheme, and have received a commensurate discount on their GCI-VII subscription.

 

The paid-in capital is the portion of the paid-up capital that has actually been received. As at 31 December 2021, the total paid-in capital of the Bank was UA 5,710.57 million made up of: (1) UA 5,595.40 million paid in convertible currencies; and (2) UA 115.17 million paid in local currencies.

 

For a more complete description of subscriptions to capital stock, including amounts due but unpaid, and voting power of members, see Note K to the financial statements.

 

Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions

 

As at 31 December 2021, the Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions (‘‘CEAS’’) representing the translation difference on subscriptions was a negative UA 155.84 million. It should be noted that prior to GCI-IV, payments on the share capital subscribed by the non-regional member countries were fixed in terms of their national currencies. Furthermore, payments by regional and non-regional members in US dollars were fixed at an exchange rate of 1 UA= US$ 1.20635 (GCI-IV and GCI-V), and, at a fixed exchange rate of 1 UA = 1.30777 for Euro. Fixed exchange rates were also offered for the Special Drawing Right (SDR) basket currency under GCI-VI and GCI-VII. As a result, losses and gains could arise from converting these currencies to UA when received. Such conversion differences are reported in the CEAS account.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 10 
 

 

Non-Borrowing Members

 

The following table sets forth the callable portion of the capital subscription and the total capital subscription of non-borrowing members as at 31 December 2021(1).

 

(Expressed in UA million)

Country Callable capital Total capital issued
Argentina 119.82 12.646
Austria* 607.66 63.445
Belgium* 873.75 90.841
Brazil 200.94 21.791
Canada* 5,225.98 543.253
China 1,649.00 172.056
Denmark* 1,594.72 166.584
Finland* 665.24 69.163
France* 5,111.09 531.386
Germany* 5,658.97 590.820
India 391.86 40.850
Ireland* 1,122.69 113.566
Italy* 3,302.85 344.845
Japan* 7,474.34 780.395
Korea* 655.31 68.085
Kuwait 607.66 63.176
Luxembourg* 283.17 29.248
Netherlands* 1,202.32 125.457
Norway* 1,604.12 167.452
Portugal* 327.30 34.036
Saudi Arabia 263.67 27.530
Spain* 1,443.10 152.567
Sweden* 2,139.11 223.319
Switzerland* 1,995.78 207.624
Turkey* 543.26 55.886
United Kingdom* 2,442.97 257.127
United States of America* 9,017.24 937.536
Total 56,523.92 5,890.684
(1)See Note K to the financial statements included herein for a more complete description of the capital subscriptions of all members of the Bank as at 31 December 2021. As a 31 December 2021, the 27 members listed above held 40.83 percent of the total voting powers of the Bank.

* Member of the DAC of the OECD.

 

 

Maintenance of Currency Values

 

Pursuant to the Bank Agreement, each member is required to pay to the Bank any additional amount of its national currency necessary to maintain the value of all such national currency paid to the Bank on account of its subscription whenever the par value of the member’s currency in terms of the UA or its foreign exchange value has, in the opinion of the Bank, depreciated to a significant extent. In the event of an increase in such par value or such foreign exchange value, the Bank is required, pursuant to the Bank Agreement, to pay to the member an amount of its currency necessary to adjust in a similar way the value of all such national currency held by the Bank on account of its subscription.

 

It was decided in 1979 by the Board of Governors that the application of the maintenance of value would be suspended until such time as the Board of Directors determines that the SDR is being definitively applied as the unit of value applicable to members’ subscriptions in the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the “World Bank”) for purposes of the maintenance of value provisions of its Articles of Agreement. In October 1986, the World Bank decided that the capital stock of the World Bank would be valued in terms of the SDR, at the rate at which the SDR was valued in terms of U.S. dollars immediately before the introduction of the basket method of valuing the SDR on 1 July 1974. This value was 1 SDR=$1.20635.

 

 

 C: 
 11 
 

 

Voting Rights

Each member country has 625 votes and, in addition, one vote for each share of the capital stock of the Bank held by that member. In effect, a member country is allowed to exercise: (1) the votes attributed to the portion of the paid-up shares which have been issued to such member; and (2) the votes attributable to the entire callable capital portion of the stock subscribed when the subscription of such member is deemed effective.

 

In the event of any delay or default in payment of the paid-up capital, the member's right to vote the corresponding callable shares will be suspended until the payment is received by the Bank.

 

Reserves

 

Reserves consist of retained earnings, fair value gains/losses on investments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income, gains/losses on borrowings at fair value arising from “own credit”, and remeasurements of defined benefit liability. Retained earnings include the net income for the period, after taking into account transfers approved by the Board of Governors, and net charges recognized directly in equity. Income before transfers approved by the Board of Governors for the year ended 31 December 2021 amounted to UA 96.55 million.

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 12 
 

SUMMARY STATEMENT OF INCOME AND EXPENSES

 

The following summary of income and expenses relating to the ordinary capital resources of the Bank for the years ended 31 December 2021, 2020, 2019 and 2018, has been derived from the audited financial statements of the Bank for the respective years. This summary should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related notes for the respective years.

 (Expressed in UA million)  
 Years ended 31 December 2021 2020 2019 2018
OPERATIONAL INCOME & EXPENSES        
Income from:        
Loans 348.24 460.62 650.20 596.89
Investments and related derivatives 129.34 181.45 263.20 240.07
Equity investments (Dividends) 23.86 15.24 7.10 10.57
Other debt securities 5.53 2.90 - 0.04
Total income from loans and investments 506.97 660.21 920.50 847.57
         
Borrowing expenses        
  Interest and amortised issuance costs (393.78) (501.12) (524.06) (489.95)
  Net interest on borrowing-related derivatives 322.73 248.18 47.95 56.88
Unrealised gain/(loss) on fair-valued borrowings and related derivatives (111.21) 63.17 (7.15) (35.14)
         
Provision for impairment on loan principal and charges receivables (24.97) (59.86) (112.88) (76.84)
Provision for impairment on equity investments (0.26) (1.71) 0.40 0.39
Provision for impairment on investments (0.07) (0.04) 0.02 (0.04)
Provision for impairment on financial guarantee           (0.16)                  0.26    (0.85) 0.34
Translation gains/(losses) (1.48) (23.18) 8.13 6.41
Other income/(loss) 13.43 8.60  9.50 6.90
Net operational income 311.21 394.52 341.56 316.53
         
OTHER EXPENSES        
Total Bank Group administrative expenses (*)     393.36        389.18    414.34 402.16
         Share of expenses allocated to ADF and NTF     (218.82)          (230.77)    (235.00) (236.45)
Net administrative expenses     174.55        158.41    179.34 165.71
Depreciation - Property, equipment and intangible assets       32.75          33.16    27.62 17.93
Sundry expenses/(income)         7.36            4.55    8.43 8.21
Total other expenses 214.66            196.12    215.39 191.85
Income before transfers approved by the Board of Governors 96.55    198.40    126.17 124.68
Transfers of income approved by the Board of Governors (55.00)            (59.00)    (74.00) (83.00)
NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR 41.55           139.40    52.17 41.68

(*) The Bank Group is composed of three entities: the African Development Bank, the African Development Fund and the Nigeria Trust Fund

 C: 
 13 
 

OPERATIONS OF THE BANK

 

Lending Operations

 

The Bank is authorised under the Bank Agreement to make, participate in or guarantee loans to governments of its regional member countries, their agencies and political subdivisions, and to public and private enterprises operating within such countries, as well as to international or regional entities concerned with economic development in the region. It is the general policy of the Bank that all loans be made to or guaranteed by national governments, central banks or other governmental entities engaging the full faith and credit of such governments. The Bank, however, has adopted a strategy and policies for the promotion of the private sector in RMCs under which loans, equity and equity-linked products, such as subordinated loans, may be granted to eligible private sector entities without a government guarantee. Such loans are generally secured by collateral.

 

Under the Bank Agreement, the total amount outstanding in respect of the ordinary operations of the Bank (comprised of approved loans less cancellations and repayments, plus equity participations) may not at any time exceed the total amount of its unimpaired subscribed capital, reserves and surplus included in its ordinary capital resources. As at 31 December 2021, such total outstanding amount was UA 30,448.40 million, 2.6 percent lower than in 2020.

 

In evaluating projects, the Bank considers a wide variety of factors, including the economic, technical and financial feasibility of the project, the effect on the general development activity of the country concerned, the contribution to the removal of impediments to economic development, the capacity of the borrowing country to service additional external debt, and the effect on the balance of payments. Other factors include the effect of new technologies on productivity, and the effect of the project on employment opportunities and the environment. In addition, the Bank considers the ability of the borrower to obtain financing elsewhere on terms and conditions that the Bank considers reasonable. One of the principal functions of the Bank is to direct resources to projects that form part of a national or regional development programme, and which benefit two or more regional member countries, particularly projects designed to stimulate intra-African trade and economic development.

 

It is the policy of the Board of Directors to consider loans and other financial products only on the basis of written reports prepared by staff of the Bank. These reports set forth detailed information regarding the technical feasibility and economic merits of the project to be financed and relevant financial and legal matters, as well as the economic situation of the country in which the project is located. The process of identifying and appraising a project and of approving and disbursing a project loan often extends over several years. The average time to prepare a project from the project concept note stage to Board of Directors’ approval ranges from approximately six to twelve months depending on the complexity of the project. The appraisal of projects is carried out by the Bank’s staff, in some cases with the help of external consultants. Loans do not become effective until certain legal requirements are fulfilled by the borrower. The Bank generally requires that borrowers seek competitive bids from potential suppliers, that engineering plans and specifications are drawn up independently of suppliers or manufacturers and, if appropriate, that independent consultants be retained by borrowers. The Bank supervises the disbursements of its loans to ensure that the proceeds are applied only for project expenditures as incurred and are used by the borrower only for the procurement of goods and services required for the project being financed. In order to monitor the effective implementation of projects being financed, the Bank maintains a continuous relationship with the borrower after a loan is made.

 

 

The Bank’s policy of loan administration and project supervision involves field missions, where necessary, and the submission of progress reports on a regular basis. Subsequent to physical completion, the project is evaluated to determine the extent to which productivity and other goals, such as envisaged contribution towards economic growth and development outcomes, were met. Since loan disbursements are made against project expenditures, the disbursement period frequently extends over five to seven years.

 

Loans are disbursed in four ways: (1) by reimbursement to borrowers, (2) by direct payment to suppliers for expenses incurred in connection with approved projects, (3) by advances to borrowers of up to 10 percent of a given loan commitment to be accounted for by the borrower, or (4) by the issuance of irrevocable commitments to commercial banks backing their letters of credit to suppliers for shipment of specified goods to borrowers.

 

Since 1987, the Bank’s lending operations have included non-project lending in the form of sector investment and rehabilitation and structural adjustment lending. The Bank’s participation in such non-project lending has generally been in conjunction with other development organisations, including the World Bank.

 

In 2016, the Bank launched the Industrialization Strategy for Africa 2016–2025 to succeed the Private Sector Development Strategy approved in 2013 for the period 2013-2017. Led by the Private Sector, Infrastructure and

 C: 
 14 
 

Industrialization Complex, the strategy aims to increase the capacity of African firms to compete with imported products in local markets; boost regional trade; support development and expansion of small and medium enterprises and industry clusters. The strategy will pursue six flagship programmes aimed at fostering industrial policies, catalyzing funding in infrastructure and promoting private sector development. They include programmes to catalyze funding in infrastructure and industry projects; expand liquid and effective capital markets; promote and drive enterprise development; promote strategic partnerships; develop efficient industry clusters; and foster successful industrial policies.

 

Total Bank approvals for non-sovereign operations in 2021 amounted to UA 549 million – a increase of 39.7 percent from the UA 393 million non-sovereign operations approved in 2020. The 2021 approvals comprised loans and grants, equity participation and guarantees amounting to UA 2,449.14 million in total.

 

Following the approval by the Board of Directors on 13 May 2014 of a proposal to allow eligible ADF-only countries access to the Bank’s sovereign window, several low-income African countries can now secure non-concessionary resources from the Bank for financing viable projects. The new approach allows the Bank to respond proactively to the improved economic conditions in RMCs over the past decade and underscores the African Development Bank Group (the “Bank Group”)’s recognition of the strong economic progress of African countries during the last decade, and its mandate to help to sustain inclusive growth in countries.

 

Detailed information on loans approved by the Bank as at 31 December 2021 (excluding fully repaid loans and cancelled loans) are set forth in Note C and Note G to the financial statements included herein.

 

Approvals and Disbursements

 

In 2021, the Bank’s loan disbursements (excluding equity participation) amounted to UA 1,677.88 million. Total loan approvals (excluding special funds and equity participations) by the Bank amounted to UA 2,440.00 million in 2021; a 1.7 percent decrease compared to 2020 approvals of UA 2,482.72 million.

 

Currency composition of loans

 

The following table sets forth the Bank’s disbursed and outstanding loans by currency as at 31 December 2021 and 2020:

 

Disbursed and Gross Outstanding Loans by Currency

(Amounts expressed in UA million)

 

 

  2021 2020
  Amount % Amount %
Euro 9,917.89 48.00 10,017.77 46.94
Japanese Yen 43.49 0.21 104.61 0.49
Pound Sterling 0.53 - 0.88 -
South African Rand 1,967.51 9.52 1,942.01 9.10
Swiss Franc - - 1.22 0.01
US Dollar 8,722.69 42.22 9,261.83 43.39
Others 9.85 0.05 14.92 0.07
Total 20,661.96 100.00 21,343.24 100.00
 C: 
 15 
 

Overdue and Non-Performing Loans

 

 

At each reporting date, the Bank assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk for exposures since initial recognition by comparing the risk of a default occurring over the remaining expected life from the reporting date and the date of initial recognition.

 

In line with expected credit loss (ECL) principles, Non-Performing Loans are categorized as credit impaired when events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of that financial instrument have occurred after its initial recognition. For impairment purposes, the Bank recognizes lifetime ECL for all non-performing financial assets, as a specific provision. Evidence of impairment includes indications that the borrower is experiencing significant financial difficulties, or a default or delinquency has occurred. A default occurs when either or both of the following happens:

 

-The Bank determines that the obligor is unlikely to pay its credit obligations in full, without recourse by the Bank to actions such as realizing security; or
-The obligor is past due by more than 180 days for sovereign loans and more than 90 days for non-sovereign loans.

Interest revenue is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortized cost (net of the applicable impairment loss provision) for non-performing financial assets. For performing assets, interest revenue is recognized on the gross carrying amount.

 

A financial asset is no longer considered as impaired when all past due amounts, including interest, have been recovered, and it is determined that the principal and interest are fully collectible in accordance with the original contractual terms or revised market terms of the financial instrument with all criteria for the impaired classification having been remedied.

 

The Bank has never written off any of its sovereign guaranteed outstanding loans. In line with the status of the Bank and its relationship with its borrowers and guarantors, the Bank expects that each of these loans will ultimately be repaid and, accordingly, has no expectation of writing off outstanding loans in the future. The Bank maintains a continuous dialogue with its borrowers as part of its efforts to ensure prompt payment on all its loans

 

Loan Terms

 

Loans are stated at their principal amounts outstanding less any allowance for impairment. Except for private sector development loans, all of the Bank’s loans are made to, or guaranteed by, regional member countries. Amounts disbursed on loans are repayable in the currency or currencies disbursed by the Bank or in other freely convertible currency or currencies approved by the Bank. The amount repayable in each of these currencies shall be equal to the amount disbursed in the original currency. Loans are granted for a maximum period of 25 years, including a grace period not exceeding 8 years, which is typically the period of project implementation.

 

The following table sets forth the maturity structure of disbursed and gross outstanding loans as at 31 December 2021 and 2020:

 

Maturity Structure of Gross Loans as at 31 December 2021 and 2020

 

(Amounts expressed in UA million)

Periods 2021 2020
One year or less 2,098.69 2,180.56
More than one year but less than two years                                                                                   1,670.11 1,763.27
More than two years but less than three years                                                                              1,693.84 1,687.93
More than three years but less than four years                                                                            1,734.64 1,664.00
More than four years but less than five years                                                                              1,683.61 1,673.79
More than five years                                                                                                                    11,781.07 12,373.69
Total 20,661.96 21,343.24

 

 C: 
 16 
 

 

Borrowing Policies

 

The Board of Directors has authorised the issuance of two classes of debt, senior debt and subordinated debt. All debt of the Bank is senior debt unless by its terms it is expressly subordinated in right of payment to other debt of the Bank. Both classes rank pari passu except in the event of a call by the Bank on its callable capital, whereupon the holders of the subordinated debt of the Bank will be subordinated in right of payment to holders of senior debt.

 

The Bank’s policy limits its debt to usable capital ratio to 100 percent. The Bank has also adopted the working principle that, within the limitations set forth, the actual amount of its senior debt outstanding at any time should be a function of its objective of obtaining and maintaining a rating on its securities at the highest levels from recognised rating agencies. As at 31 December 2021, the amount of total outstanding borrowings of UA 25,115.71 million (both senior and subordinated debt) represented 42.7 percent of the usable capital and 18.1 percent of the total callable capital of UA 138,514.72 million of all members of the Bank.

 

In December 2001, the Bank established the unlimited Global Debt Issuance Facility (GDIF) to replace its Euro-Medium Term Note Programme and US Medium Term Note Programme with respect to its future borrowings. The Bank also has a Euro Commercial Paper (ECP) programme and a USD Commercial Paper (USCP) programme of EUR 2 billion (for the ECP and USCP jointly). The GDIF and the ECP and USCP programmes maximise the Bank’s financing flexibility and enable its continuous issuance of notes in the Euro, the US and other domestic markets.

 

The Bank has entered into arrangements whereby, in the event of a call on its callable capital, it would request its member countries to make payment in response to such a call into a special account established by the Bank with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or its successor duly designated for the purpose. The terms of such account provide that the proceeds of a call must first be applied in payment of, or in provision for full settlement of all outstanding obligations of the Bank incurred in connection with the issuance of senior debt before any other payment shall be made with such proceeds.

 

The weighted average life of the Bank’s outstanding borrowings as at 31 December 2021, 2020, 2019 and 2018 was 4.05, 3.84, 4.01 and 4.01 years respectively.

 

As at 31 December 2021, the Bank’s outstanding borrowings were denominated in twenty-three currencies or currency units.

 

The table below sets forth the maturity structure of the Bank’s outstanding borrowings as at 31 December 2021:

 

(Amounts expressed in UA million) Outstanding Borrowings
Periods At Fair Value At Amortized Cost Total
One year or less 5,439.09 95.55 5,534.64
More than one year but less than two years 4,984.49 157.18 5,141.67
More than two years but less than three years 2,193.45 0.15 2,193.60
More than three years but less than four years 809.06 0.00 809.06
More than four years but less than five years 5,812.99 0.11 5,813.10
More than five years 5,562.25 63.54 5,625.79
Sub total 24,801.33 316.53 25,117.86
Net unamortised premium and discount - (2.16) (2.16)
Total 24,801.33 314.37 25,115.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 17 
 

The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the average interest rates on the Bank’s loans, the return on its average earning assets, the average cost of its funded debt and other funds available and its interest coverage ratio:

 

Selected Financial Ratios

 

  2021 2020 2019 2018
Weighted average interest rate on disbursed and outstanding loans for the year (1) 1.66% 2.21% 3.29% 3.22%
Weighted average cost of:        
Outstanding borrowings (2) 0.30% 1.08% 2.02% 1.89%
Interest coverage ratio (3) 2.36x 1.78x 1.27x 1.29x
Bank’s target interest coverage ratio 1.25x 1.25x 1.25x 1.25x

 

(1)       Interest accrues only on disbursed and outstanding loan amounts.

(2)        The weighted average cost on borrowings excludes the MTM impact

(3)       Net income before distribution plus interest expense, divided by interest expense.

 

Asset and Liability Management

 

The Bank’s Asset and Liability Management (“ALM”) activities include all debt funding transactions, investment of liquid resources, managing the currency exposure and operational aspects of the Bank’s lending and equity investment operations.

The principal objective of the Bank’s ALM operations is to ensure that the Bank is able to provide flexible lending and investment products that meet client needs, while simultaneously reducing exposure to non-core risks such as market risk (interest rate, foreign exchange and liquidity risk), counterparty credit risk and operational risk in line with the Bank’s over-arching risk management philosophy.

 

Liquid Assets and Liquidity Policy

 

The Bank’s principal liquidity risk management objective is to hold sufficient liquid resources to enable it to meet all probable cash flow needs for a rolling 1-year horizon without additional financing from the capital markets.

 

In order to minimize liquidity risk, the Bank maintains a prudential minimum level of liquidity (PML) based on the projected net cash requirement for a rolling 1-year period. The PML is updated quarterly and computed as the sum of four components: (1) 1-year debt service requirements; (2) 1-year projected net loan disbursements (loans disbursed less repayments) if greater than zero; (3) loan equivalent value of signed guarantees; and (4) undisbursed equity investments.

 

Generally, liquid assets of the Bank are invested in marketable securities issued or guaranteed by the member countries or public entities thereof, supranational, corporate and financial institution obligations, and time deposits. The Bank also has limited exposure to asset and mortgage-backed securities. All marketable securities are valued at market value with the exception of certain investments in debt securities intended to be held to maturity which are carried at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

 

The Bank’s cash and treasury investments (net of repurchase agreements) as at 31 December 2021 totalled UA 13,097.04 million, compared to UA 11,158.00 million at the end of 2020. Investment income for 2021 amounted to UA 129.34 million or a return of 1.07 percent on an average liquidity level of UA 12.13 billion, compared to an income of UA 181.45 million, or a return of 1.53 percent, on an average liquidity level of UA 11.83 billion in 2020. The decrease was primarily due to lower interest rates, which negatively impacted income on the USD treasury investment portfolio.

 

The Bank’s liquid assets are tranched into three portfolios, namely operational portfolio, prudential portfolio, and equity-backed portfolio, each with a different benchmark that reflects the cash flow and risk profile of its assets and funding sources. These benchmarks are one-month London Interbank Bid Rate (LIBID) for the operational portfolio, and 6-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), resetting on February 1 and August 1 for the prudential portfolio. The operational and prudential portfolios are held for trading. The equity-backed portfolio is managed against a repricing profile benchmark with 10 percent of the Bank’s net assets repricing uniformly over a period of 10 years and is held at amortized cost.

 

 

 

 C: 
 18 
 

Bank Rating

 

The Bank monitors and manages its key financial strength metrics in a stringent manner and is rated by four major rating agencies. For 2021, the rating agencies, Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s, Fitch Ratings, and the Japan Credit Rating Agency have reaffirmed their AAA and AA+ rating of the Bank’s senior and subordinated debts respectively, with a stable outlook. Their ratings reflect and confirm the Bank’s strong liquidity and capital position, strong membership support, preferred creditor status, sound capital adequacy and prudent financial management and policies.

 

Equity Participations

 

The Bank may invest in equities either directly or indirectly, through appropriate funds and other investment vehicles. The Bank’s objective in such equity investments is to promote the economic development of its regional member countries and in particular the development of their private sectors. The Bank’s equity participation is also intended to promote the efficient use of resources, promoting African participation, playing a catalytic role in attracting other investors and lenders and mobilizing the flow of domestic and external resources to financially viable projects, which also have significant economic merit.

 

Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Bank’s equity participation shall not exceed 25 percent of the equity capital of the entity in which it invests. The Bank therefore does not seek a controlling interest in the companies in which it invests, but closely monitors its equity investments through board representation. In accordance with the Board of Governors’ Resolution B/BG/2009/10 of 13 May 2009, total equity investment by the Bank shall not at any time exceed 15 percent of the aggregate amount of the Bank’s paid-in capital and reserves and surplus (risk capital) included in its ordinary capital resources. The Bank’s equity participations at the end of 2021 amounted to UA 983.20 million.

 

The Bank has equity participations in, among others, various regional and sub-regional development banks and other public and private sector financial institutions such as the African Export-Import Bank, Shelter-Afrique, Eastern and Southern African Trade and Development Bank, and commercial banks as well as in several regional private equity funds.

 

Under IFRS 9 equity investments must be measured at fair value through profit or loss. However, where the equity investment is not held for trading, an entity has the option to take fair value changes into other comprehensive income, with no recycling of the change in fair value to profit or loss if the investment is subsequently derecognized. As the Bank’s equity investments are currently held for strategic purposes of enhancing development in regional member countries rather than for trading, the Bank has elected to designate all its equity investments as at fair value through other comprehensive income.

 

The underlying assets of entities in which the Bank has equity investments are periodically fair valued by fund managers or independent valuation experts using market practices. The fair value of investments in listed enterprises is based on the latest available quoted bid prices. The fair value of investments in unlisted entities is assessed using appropriate methods, for example, discounted cash flows. The fair value of the Bank’s equity participations is measured as the Bank’s percentage ownership of the net asset value of the funds.

 

Special and trust funds

 

In addition to its ordinary resources, the Bank administers various special and trust funds for purposes which are consistent with the Bank’s objective of promoting the economic development and social progress of its regional member countries. The resources of special and trust funds are required to be held, used, committed, invested or otherwise disposed of entirely separately from the ordinary capital resources of the Bank. The administration of each of these funds is subject to the Bank Agreement and financial regulations, specific rules and regulations, and applicable policies of the Bank. The Bank typically receives an administrative fee for managing these funds.

 

The Bank also manages the ADF and the NTF, both of which supplement the activities of the Bank. In addition, the Bank has been entrusted with the administration of grant funds on behalf of donors, including member countries, agencies and other entities. Grant resources are restricted for specific uses which include the co-financing of Bank lending projects, and technical assistance for borrowers including feasibility studies, project preparation and capacity building. Details of these funds are disclosed in Notes S-4 and S-5 to the financial statements included herein.

 

African Development Fund

 

The ADF was established in 1972 pursuant to an agreement between the Bank and 15 non-regional members (the “ADF Agreement”) to provide loans on concessionary terms to the RMCs. The ADF and all of its resources are separate and entirely independent from those of the Bank. The Bank assumes no liability for any of the obligations of the ADF.

 C: 
 19 
 

 

The ADF Agreement designates a Board of Governors (the “ADF Board of Governors”) as the ADF’s highest policy making organ. The ADF Board of Governors meets at least once annually. The ADF Board of Directors, which includes seven non-regional members nominated by their constituencies and seven executive directors representing the ADB, is responsible for overseeing the general operations of the ADF.

 

The ADF uses the UA as the measure of the subscription of its participants and of its loans and for statistical and financial reporting purposes. Following amendment of the ADF Agreement, the UA of the ADF has been aligned with the UA of the Bank with effect from 1 January 1993.

 

The purpose of the ADF is to assist the Bank in making an effective contribution to the economic progress and social development of the regional member countries and to promote cooperation among them. The operations of the ADF supplement those of the Bank. In contrast to the lending policy of the Bank, the ADF provides long-term financing for projects on concessionary terms. The ADF’s loan financing is directed primarily at those RMCs which are in the greatest need of such financing.

 

The resources of the ADF primarily consist of subscriptions by the Bank, subscriptions and contributions by ADF State Participants, as well as other resources received by the ADF.

 

ADF has continued to receive additional resources mostly from its State Participants in the form of periodic general replenishments, typically conducted every three years. The two most recent are the Fourteenth Replenishment of the ADF (“ADF-14”) and the Fifteenth Replenishment of the ADF (“ADF-15”). ADF-14 became effective on 20 June 2017 following its adoption by the ADF Board of Governors on 27 April 2017. During the negotiations of the ADF-14 in Luxembourg from 28 to 29 November 2016, Deputies agreed on a resource level of UA 5.04 billion, comprised of donor subscriptions of UA 3.38 billion, including a grant element of UA 0.14 billion from Concessional Donor Loans (CDL) and Bridge Loans, donor contributions of UA 0.12 billion in the form of CDL (net of grant element), supplementary contributions of UA 0.01 billion, Advanced Commitment Capacity or internally generated resources of UA 0.74 billion and a technical gap of UA 0.79 billion. As at 31 December 2021, State Participants had subscribed a total amount of UA 3.34 billion (including the grant element of CDLs), representing 99 percent of the ADF-14 pledged amount.

 

On the other hand, ADF-15 became effective on June 30, 2020 following its adoption by the ADF Board of Governors on May 14, 2020. State Participants agreed on an ADF-15 resource level of UA 5.62 billion covering the operational period of 2020-2022 and comprised of: (i) Donor subscriptions of UA 3.55 billion; (ii) Concessional Donor Loans of UA 0.71 billion (including the grant element of concessional donor loans); and (iii) Advanced Commitment Capacity of UA 1.36 million. Three Regional Member Countries – Angola, Egypt, and South Africa – also pledged and subscribed to ADF-15. As of 31 December 2021, a total of UA 3,711.31 million (including the grant element of CDLs) in instruments of subscription (IoS) had been received from ADF-15 subscriptions.

 

The cumulative subscriptions to the ADF amounted to UA 33.96 billion as at 31 December 2021. ADF approvals stood at UA 1,263.25 million, representing an increase of 34.6 percent against 2020.

 

Loans and grants disbursed under ADF decreased by 21.4 percent to stand at UA 1.36 billion in 2021 from UA 1.73 billion in 2020. As at 31 December 2021, cumulative disbursements on loans and grants amounted to UA 30.39 billion compared to UA 29.03 billion at the end of the previous year. A total of 2,550 loans and grants were fully disbursed for an amount of UA 25.54 billion, representing 84.04 percent of cumulative disbursements.

 

Loans are generally granted under conditions that allow for repayment up to 40 years after a 10-year grace period commencing from the date of the loan agreement. Loan principal is generally repayable from years 11 through 20 at a rate of 2 percent per annum and from years 21 through 40 at a rate of 4 percent per annum. A service charge at a rate of 0.75 percent per annum on the principal amount disbursed and outstanding is payable by the borrower semi-annually. Loans approved after June 1996 carry a 0.5 percent per annum commitment charge on the undisbursed portion. Such commitment charge commences to accrue after 120 days from the date of signature of the loan agreement. With effect from the Twelfth Replenishment of the ADF, loans to blend, gap and graduating countries carry differentiated financing terms of thirty (30) years’ maturity, including a grace period of 5 years and interest rate of 1 percent, in addition to the existing standard 0.50 percent commitment fee and 0.75 percent service charge. Under the Thirteenth Replenishment of the ADF, further differentiated lending terms were adopted with a view to preserving the long-term financial sustainability and capacity of the ADF. The new lending terms require the acceleration of loan repayment by regular and advanced ADF-only countries, and also to blend, gap and graduating countries. They also grant financial incentives for voluntary loan repayment.

 

 

 C: 
 20 
 

Nigeria Trust Fund

The Agreement Establishing the Nigeria Trust Fund Agreement (the “NTF Agreement”) was signed on 26 February 1976, between the Bank and the Federal Republic of Nigeria and became effective on 25 April 1976. Upon expiry of the original NTF Agreement on 25 April 2008, it was renewed for another period of ten years commencing from 25 April 2008. Following the approval of the Federal Government of Nigeria, the NTF Agreement has been extended for an additional period of 5 years starting from April 25, 2018. The purpose of the NTF is to assist in the economic development of the most needy regional member countries of the Bank by providing funds on terms intermediate between those of the Bank and those of the ADF. The resources of the NTF are managed by the Bank on behalf of the Government of Nigeria. The purpose of the NTF is to enable Nigeria to make an increasingly effective contribution to the economic development and social progress of Africa, especially of those member countries of the Bank which are relatively less developed. NTF loans currently bear an interest rate of between 2 and 4 percent, a repayment period of up to 25 years including a grace period of up to five years prior to the commencement of principal repayments and a commission of 0.75 percent payable on undisbursed balances. The resources of the NTF come from contributions from the Federal Republic of Nigeria and the net income of the NTF.

 

In April 2003, the ADB Board of Directors endorsed the Initiatives to Enhance the Development Effectiveness of the NTF. The enhancements subsequently approved by the Board of Governors include: (i) participation in the Heavily Indebted Poor Countries (“HIPC”) debt relief initiative by contributing 10 percent of the annual net income of the NTF to the HIPC Trust Fund; (ii) an adjustment of the interest rate for NTF loans from 4 percent to a range of 2 to 4 percent to increase the concessionality of such loans; (iii) the execution of a Technical Cooperation Agreement with the Bank Group for the purposes of providing resources for the financing of technical and institutional support programmes for the benefit of RMCs; and (iv) the introduction of greater flexibility in the investment of the resources of the NTF, pending their use in financing projects.

 

As at 31 December 2021, the NTF had total assets of UA 181.01 million.

 

Litigation

 

The Bank is not a party to any material litigation.

 

 C: 
 21 
 

ADMINISTRATION OF THE BANK

 

Board of Governors

 

All the powers of the Bank are vested in the Board of Governors, which consists of a Governor and an Alternate Governor appointed by each member of the Bank, who exercises the voting power to which that member country is entitled. Each Governor and Alternate Governor serves for a term of five years, subject to termination of appointment or to reappointment at any time at the discretion of the appointing member country.

 

The Board of Governors may delegate to the Board of Directors all its powers except certain specified powers, such as the power to increase or decrease the authorised capital and to approve, after reviewing the report of the auditors, the balance sheet and statement of income and expenses of the Bank.

 

The Board of Governors holds an annual meeting and such other meetings as may be provided for the Board of Governors or called by the Board of Directors. Meetings of the Board of Governors are called by the Board of Directors whenever requested by five members of the Bank, or by members having one quarter of the total voting power.

 

Board of Directors

 

Without prejudice to the powers of the Board of Governors, the Board of Directors is responsible for the conduct of the general operations of the Bank, and, for this purpose, exercises all the powers delegated to it by the Board of Governors. Prior to 28 May 2010, the Board of Directors was composed of eighteen members twelve of whom are elected by the Governors representing RMCs, and six by the Governors representing non-regional member countries. On 28 May 2010, the Board of Governors increased the membership of the Board of Directors from eighteen to twenty. Thirteen members represent regional member countries and seven represent non-regional member countries.

 

Each Director appoints an Alternate Director who acts in his/her absence. Directors and their Alternates are required to be nationals of member countries. An Alternate Director may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors but may vote only when acting in place of the absent Director.

 

Directors are elected for a term of three years and may be re-elected provided that no Director shall serve for more than two three-year terms. Members of the Board of Directors as at 31 December 2021 are listed below.

 

Board of Directors – Countries Represented as at 31 December 2021

 

Executive Director For
Said MAHERZI Algeria
Alfredo Paulo MENDES (Alternate) Guinea Bissau
  Madagascar
Cornelius Karlens DEKOP Botswana
Gerard Pascal BUSSIER (Alternate) Mauritius
  Malawi
  Zambia
Abdulhakim Mohamed ELMI-SURATI Libya
Mohamed M. HAMMA KHATTAR (Alternate) Mauritania
  Somalia
Kenyeh BARLAY Sierra Leone
Rufus N. DARKORTEY (Alternate) Liberia
  Gambia, The
  Ghana
  Sudan
Mmakgoshi E.P. LEKHETHE South Africa
Khotso MOLELEKI (Alternate) Lesotho
  Eswatini
Ahmed Mahmoud ZAYED Egypt
Ali MOHAMED ALI (Alternate) Djibouti
 C: 
 22 
 

 

Mohamed EL GHOLABZOURI Morocco
Yandja YENTCHABRE (Alternate) Togo
  Tunisia
Adama KONE Côte d’Ivoire
Maria Del Mar BONKANKA TABARES (Alternate) Equatorial Guinea
  Guinea
Mbuyamu I. MATUNGULU Democratic Republic of Congo
Christine NIRAGIRA (Alternate) Burundi
  Cameroon
  Central African Republic
  Congo
Maimouna NDOYE SECK Senegal
Adalgisa BARBOSA VAZ (Alternate) Cabo Verde
  Benin
  Burkina Faso
  Chad
  Comoros
  Gabon
  Mali
  Niger
Judith KATEERA Zimbabwe
Joao Luis NGIMBI (Alternate) Angola
  Mozambique
  Namibia
Samson Oyebode OYETUNDE Nigeria
Maria Das Neves CEITA BATISTA DE SOUSA (Alternate) Săo Tome & Principe
Amos Kipronoh CHEPTOO Kenya
Maris WANYERA (Alternate) Uganda
  Eritrea
  Ethiopia
  Rwanda
  Seychelles
  Tanzania
Stephane MOUSSET France
Tomas FERNANDEZ GARCIA (Alternate) Spain
  Belgium
Vacant United States of America
Jessica ISAACS (Alternate)  
Takaaki NOMOTO Japan
Mohammed Adhan A. AL SHAMMARI (Alternate) Saudi Arabia
  Argentina
  Austria
  Brazil
Niels BREYER Germany
Vacant (Alternate) Portugal
  Switzerland
David STEVENSON Canada
Ayad ALGHARABALLI (Alternate) Kuwait
  China
 C: 
 23 
 

 

  Korea
  Turkey
Paal BJORNESTAD Norway
Vacant (Alternate) Denmark
  Finland
  India
  Sweden
Christopher William CHALMERS United Kingdom
Pim DE KEIZER (Alternate) Netherlands
  Italy
   

 

 

President and Management

 

The Board of Governors elects the President of the Bank by a vote of a majority of the total voting power of the members, including a majority of the total voting power of the regional member countries. The Bank Agreement provides that the President shall be a national of a regional member country. The President is the chief executive officer of the Bank and conducts the current business of the Bank under the direction of the Board of Directors. The President is elected for a term of five years and may be re-elected provided that no person may be elected President for more than two successive five-year terms.

 

The President is the Chairman of the Board of Directors but has no vote except a deciding vote in case of a tie. The President may participate in meetings of the Board of Governors but has no vote. The President is the legal representative of the Bank.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 24 
 

 

The Principal Officers of the Bank as at 31 December 2021 are listed below.

 

PRESIDENCY, UNITS REPORTING TO THE PRESIDENT AND TO THE BOARDS
President                                                                                       Akinwumi Ayodeji ADESINA PRST
Director General, Cabinet Office of the President (Acting)   Alex MUBIRU PRST
Secretary General Vincent Obisienunwo Orlu NMEHIELLE PSEG
Group Chief Risk Officer Ifedayo ORIMOLOYE PGRF
General Counsel and Director Souley AMADOU PGCL
Auditor General (Acting) Mouhamed BA PAGL
Director, Integrity & Anti-Corruption Paula Santos DA COSTA PIAC
Director, Compliance Review & Mediation David James SIMPSON BCRM
Evaluator General (Acting) Karen ROT-MUNSTERMANN BDEV
SENIOR VICE PRESIDENCY    
Senior Vice President Bajabulile Swazi TSHABALALA SNVP
ECONOMIC GOVERNANCE AND KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT  
Chief Economist and Vice President,  Economic Governance and Knowledge Management (Acting) Kevin Chika URAMA ECVP
CORPORATE SERVICES AND HUMAN RESOURCES    
Vice President Mateus  MAGALA CHVP
FINANCE    
Chief Financial Officer and Vice President (Acting) Hassatou DIOP N’SELE FIVP
REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT, INTEGRATION, AND BUSINESS DELIVERY  
Vice President (Acting) Yacine Diama FAL RDVP
Director General, Central Africa Serge-Marie Zouckoux N’GUESSAN RDGC
Director General, East Africa Nnenna Lily NWABUFO RDGE
Director General, North Africa Mohamed EL AZIZI RDGN
Director General, Southern Africa Leila MOKADDEM RDGS
Director General, West Africa Marie-Laure AKIN-OLUGBADE RDGW
POWER, ENERGY, CLIMATE, AND GREEN GROWTH    
Vice President Kevin Kanina KARIUKI PEVP
AGRICULTURE, HUMAN AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT    
Vice President Beth DUNFORD AHVP
PRIVATE SECTOR, INFRASTRUCTURE AND INDUSTRIALIZATION    
Vice President Solomon QUAYNOR PIVP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 25 
 

THE AGREEMENT ESTABLISHING THE AFRICAN DEVELOPMENT BANK

 

The Bank Agreement constitutes the Banks governing charter and establishes the status, immunities, exemptions and privileges of the Bank, describes its purpose, membership, capital structure and organisation, authorises the kinds of transactions in which it may engage and prescribes limitations on such transactions. The Bank Agreement also includes provisions with respect to the admission of additional members, the increase of the authorised capital stock, the terms and conditions under which the Bank may make or guarantee loans, the use of currencies held by it, the withdrawal and suspension of member countries and the suspension and termination of the operations of the Bank.

 

The Bank Agreement may be amended only by a resolution of the Banks Board of Governors approved by a two-thirds majority of the total number of Governors representing not less than three-quarters of the total voting power of the member countries, including two-thirds of the regional members having three-quarters of the total voting power of the regional members. The unanimous agreement of the Board of Governors is required for the approval of any amendment modifying the right to withdraw from the Bank, the pre-emptive rights to subscribe capital stock or the limitation on the liability of the member countries. No such amendment has been made to the Bank Agreement to date. The Bank Agreement provides that any question of interpretation of its provisions arising between any member country and the Bank or between member countries shall be referred to the Board of Directors for decision. Such decision may then be referred to the Board of Governors whose decision shall be final.

 

Membership of the Bank

 

Any African country that has the status of an independent state may become a regional member of the Bank. The geographical area to which the regional membership and the development activities of the Bank extend consists of the continent of Africa and the African islands. Non-regional countries that are, or become, participants in the ADF or that have made, or are making, contributions to the ADF may be admitted to the Bank.

 

Although any member may withdraw from the Bank by delivering written notice, any such member remains liable for all direct and contingent obligations to the Bank (including its obligations in respect of callable capital) so long as any part of the loans or guarantees contracted before the termination date is outstanding. No member has withdrawn from the Bank since its establishment. However, membership of the former Yugoslavia was suspended by the Banks Board of Directors, in conformity with resolutions and determinations of the UN General Assembly (see Note K to the financial statements included herein).

 

Legal Status, Immunities and Privileges

 

The following is a summary of the principal provisions of the Bank Agreement relating to the legal status, immunities and privileges of the Bank in the territories of its members.

 

The Bank has full juridical personality with capacity to contract, to acquire and dispose of immovable and movable property, and to institute legal proceedings. It is immune from every form of legal process, except in cases arising out of the exercise of its borrowing powers when it may be sued only in a court of competent jurisdiction in the territory of a member in which it has its principal office, or in the territory of a member or non-member where it has appointed an agent for the purpose of accepting service or notice of process or has issued or guaranteed securities. No actions against the Bank may be brought by members or persons acting for or deriving claims from members.

 

The property and assets of the Bank are immune from all forms of seizure, attachment or execution before the delivery of final judgment against the Bank. Such property and assets are also immune from search, requisition, confiscation, expropriation or any other form of taking or foreclosure by executive or legislative action. The archives of the Bank are inviolable. The Governors, Directors, Alternate Directors, officers and employees of the Bank and experts and consultants performing missions for the Bank are immune from legal process with respect to acts performed by them in their official capacity. The Bank Agreement enables the Board of Directors to waive any of these immunities where in its opinion it would further the interest of the Bank to do so.

 

The Bank, its property, other assets, income and the operations and transactions it carries out pursuant to the Bank Agreement are exempt from all taxation and from all customs duties in the member states. The Bank is also exempt from any other obligation relating to the payment, withholding or collection of any tax or duty.

 

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 26 
 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

 

Each prospectus, offering circular, information memorandum, supplemental information statement or pricing supplement will include the following information regarding the terms of Offered Securities: (a) the aggregate principal amount, (b) status (and subordination, in the case of subordinated securities), (c) the maturity date (if any), (d) the interest rate, (e) the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, of denomination and payment, (f) the dates on which such interest will be payable, (g) the redemption dates and prices and provisions for a sinking fund, if applicable, (h) the form and denomination and (i) if applicable, the fiscal or paying agent or agents with respect to the Securities.

 

Securities will be repayable from the ordinary capital resources of the Bank. The Board of Directors of the Bank has authorised the issuance of two classes of debt securities, senior (“Senior Securities”) and subordinated (“Subordinated Securities”). All debt securities of the Bank are Senior Securities unless by their terms they are expressly subordinated in right of payment to other debt securities of the Bank. Both classes of debt securities rank pari passu except in the event of a call on the callable capital of the Bank, whereupon the holders of Subordinated Securities of the Bank will be subordinated in right of payment to holders of debt which is not expressly so subordinated, in each case subject as may otherwise be set out in any prospectus, offering circular, information memorandum, supplemental information statement or pricing supplement.

 

The Securities will not be the obligation of any government, and their terms and conditions will contain a statement to that effect. The specific terms and conditions of each issue of Offered Securities will be set forth or referred to in the prospectus, offering circular or supplemental information statement relating to the Offered Securities.

 

The Securities will not contain any limitations on the right of the Bank to issue any other bonds, notes or obligations.

TAXATION

 

The Securities and the interest on them generally will not be exempt from taxation.

 

Under the Bank Agreement, the Securities and the interest paid on them are not subject to any tax by a member of the Bank (i) which discriminates against the Securities solely because they are issued by the Bank or (ii) if the sole jurisdictional basis for the tax is the place or currency in which the Securities are issued, made payable or paid, or the location of any office or place of business maintained by the Bank. Also, under the Bank Agreement, the Bank is not under any obligation to withhold or pay any taxes on any interest on the Securities it issues.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 C: 
 27 
 

 C: 
 28 
 


 C: 
 29 
 

]

 C: 
 30 
 

 

 C: 
 31 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 32 
 

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED 2021, 2020 AND 2019

 

Net Operational Income

 

Net operational income is comprised of the net interest income on earning assets, the provision for loan and investment losses, the changes in fair value of borrowings, investments and derivatives, translation losses or gains and other income. The table below shows the breakdown of the net operational income for the last three years.

 

(In UA million) 2021 2020 2019
Income from loans 348.24 460.62 650.20
Interest income from investments and related derivatives 129.34 181.45 263.20
Equity investments (Dividends) 23.86 15.25 7.10
Income from other debt securities 5.53 2.90 -
Borrowing expenses (*) (182.26) (189.76) (483.26)
Net interest income 324.71 470.45 437.24
Provision for impairment on loans and other financial  instruments (25.20) (59.86) (113.71)
Provision for impairment on equity accounted investments (0.26) (1.71) 0.40
Translation (losses)/gains (1.47) (23.18) 8.13
Other income 13.43 8.60 9.50
Net Operational Income 311.21 394.52 341.56

(*) includes the fair value gains or losses (MTM impact)

 

FY 2021 vs. FY 2020

 

Loan income and related derivatives, decreased by UA 112.37 million to UA 348.24 million in 2021 from UA 460.62 million in 2020, due to the lower interest rate environment over the year and lower average volume of outstanding loans. Income from investments and related derivatives decreased to UA 129.34 million in 2021 from UA 181.45 million in 2020, due to lower interest rates and unfavorable changes in market price of trading instruments

 

Included in borrowing expenses are interest expense that decreased to UA 71.05 million in 2021 from UA 252.93 million in 2020, due to lower interest rates. The average interest expense on borrowings decreased to 0.30 percent in 2021 from 1.00 percent in 2020.

 

FY 2020 vs. FY 2019

 

Loan income and related derivatives, decreased by UA 189.58 million to UA 460.62 million in 2020 from UA 650.20 million in 2019, due to lower interest rates and lower average volume of outstanding loans. Income from investments and related derivatives increased to UA 181.45 million in 2020 from UA 263.20 million in 2019, due to lower interest rates and unfavorable changes in market price of trading instruments.

 

Included in borrowing expenses are interest expense that decreased to UA 252.93 million in 2020 from UA 476.11 million in 2019, due to lower interest rates. The average interest expense on borrowings decreased to 1.00 percent in 2020 from 1.87 percent in 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 33 
 

Non-interest expenses

 

Non-interest expenses include the administrative expenses, provisions for the depreciation of property, equipment, intangible assets and other sundry expenses. Total administrative expenses relate to the expenses incurred on behalf of the ADF, the NTF and for the operations of the Bank itself. The ADF and NTF reimburse the Bank for their share of the total administrative expenses, based on an agreed-upon cost-sharing formula. The table below shows the breakdown of the net non-interest expenses for the last three years. 

 

(In UA Million) 2021 2020 2019
Personnel Expenses 353.34 348.80 335.78
Other expenses 40.03 40.38 78.56
Total Administrative Expenses 393.36 398.18 414.34
Reimbursable by ADF (218.56) (230.34) (234.18)
Reimbursable by NTF (0.25) (0.43) (0.82)
Net Administrative Expenses 174.55 158.41 179.34
Depreciation – Property, equipment and intangible assets 32.75 33.16 27.62
Sundry (income)/expenses 7.36 4.55 8.43
Net non-interest expense 214.66 196.12 215.39

 

FY 2021 vs. FY 2020

 

Net non-interest expenses, which mainly consist of personnel expenses, increased to UA 214.66 million in 2021 from UA 196.12 million in 2020. Total Bank Group administrative expenses decreased to UA 393.36 million in 2021 from UA 398.18 million in 2020. Total manpower expenses increased by UA 4.54 million (or 1.3 percent) to UA 353.34 million in 2021 from UA 348.80 million in 2020. Other administrative expenses decreased by 0.9 percent to UA 40.03 million in 2021 from UA 40.38 million in 2020, primarily due to reduced travel as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Bank’s share of the total administrative expenses increased by UA 16.14 million, or 10.2 percent, to UA 174.55 million in 2021 from UA 158.41 million in 2020.

 

FY 2020 vs. FY 2019

 

Net non-interest expenses, which mainly consist of personnel expenses, decreased to UA 196.12 million in 2020 from UA 215.39 million in 2019. Total Bank Group administrative expenses decreased to UA 398.18 million in 2020 from UA 414.34 million in 2019. Total manpower expenses increased by UA 13.02 million (or 3.9 percent) to UA 348.80 million in 2020 from UA 335.78 million in 2019. Other administrative expenses decreased by 48.6 percent to UA 40.38 million in 2020 from UA 78.56 million in 2019, primarily due to reduced travel as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Bank’s share of the total administrative expenses decreased by UA 20.93 million, or 11.7 percent, to UA 158.41 million in 2020 from UA 179.34 million in 2019.

 

Financial Condition

 

The Bank’s total equity increased by 11.7 percent to UA 8,705.92 million primarily due to capital subscriptions receipts during the year. Reserves increased to UA 3,151.19 million, 10.27 percent higher than in 2020.

 C: 
 34 
 

REPORT OF THE EXTERNAL AUDITORS FOR 2021 AND ADB FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED 31 DECEMBER 2021 AND 2020

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Independent Auditor’s Report Financial Statements 36
Balance sheet – Assets 43
Balance sheet – Liabilities and Equity 43
Income statement 44
Statement of comprehensive income 44
Statement of changes in equity 45
Statement of cash flows 46
Notes to the Financial Statements 47


 

 C: 
 35 
 

 C: 
 36 
 

 C: 
 37 
 

 C: 
 38 
 

 C: 
 39 
 

 C: 
 40 
 

 C: 
 41 
 


 C: 
 42 
 

Balance sheet as at 31 December 2021

(UA thousands)

 

ASSET 2021 2020
CASH 3,303,139 2,332,185
DEMAND OBLIGATIONS 1,142 3,815
     
TREASURY INVESTMENTS (Note E)    
Treasury investments at fair value 3,518,204 3,339,940
Treasury investments at amortized cost 6,275,696 5,485,878
  9,793,900 8,825,818
     
DERIVATIVE ASSETS (Note F) 825,944 1,544,549
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE (Note G)    
 Accrued income and charges receivable on loans 223,319 276,480
 Other accounts receivable 954,910 314,293
  1,178,229 590,773
DEVELOPMENT FINANCING ACTIVITIES    
 Loans, net (Note C & G) 20,102,393 20,845,824
 Hedged loans – Fair value adjustment (Note F) 48,516 163,779
Equity participations (Note H) 983,204 937,274
  21,134,113 21,946,877
OTHER ASSETS    
 Property, equipment and Intangible assets (Note I) 88,430 104,254
 Miscellaneous 320 414
  88,750 104,668
     
     
TOTAL ASSETS 36,325,217 35,348,685

The accompanying notes to the financial statements form part of this statement.

 

LIABILITIES & EQUITY 2021 2020
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE      
 Accrued financial charges 251,408   238,525
 Other accounts payable 854,516   672,806
    1,105,924 911,331
       
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT LIABILITIES (Note O)   448,664 632,925
       
DERIVATIVE LIABILITIES (Note F)   949,004 923,719
       
BORROWINGS (Note J)      
 Borrowings at fair value 24,801,331   24,675,740
 Borrowings at amortized cost 314,374   414,361
    25,115,705 25,090,101
       
Total liabilities   27,619,297 27,558,076
       
EQUITY (Note K)      
Capital      
 Subscriptions paid 5,710,568   5,081,209
 Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions (CEAS) (155,837)   (148,208)
 Subscriptions paid (net of CEAS)   5,554,731 4,933,001
       
 Reserves   3,151,189 2,857,608
Total equity   8,705,920 7,790,609
       
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY   36,325,217 35,348,685

The accompanying notes to the financial statements form part of this statement.

 C: 
 43 
 

 

Income statement

for the year ended 31 December 2021

(UA thousands)

 

  2021 2022
OPERATIONAL INCOME & EXPENSES    
Income from:    
 Loans and related derivatives (Note L) 348,244 460,616
 Treasury investments and related derivatives (Note L) 129,340 181,448
 Equity investments (dividends) 23,859 15,246
 Other securities 5,530 2,903
 Total Income from loans and investments 506,973 660,213
     
 Interest and amortized issuance costs (393,781) (501,115)
 Net interest on borrowing-related derivatives 322,733 248,184
Borrowing expenses (Note M) (71,048) (252,931)
     
(Losses)/gains on borrowings at fair value and related derivatives (Note M) (111,213) 63,167
     
Net impairment (charges)/write-back (Note G)    
 Loan principal (62,047) (47,675)
 Loan charges 37,078 (12,187)
Impairment (charges)/write-back on financial guarantees (164) 258
Impairment provisions on treasury investments (65) (39)
Impairment provisions on equity accounted investments (Note H) (264) (1,713)
Translation losses (1,475) (23,175)
Other income 13,432 8,599
Net operational income 311,207 394,517
     
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES    
 Administrative expenses (Note N) (174,549) (158,409)
 Depreciation and amortization (Note I) (32,748) (33,161)
 Sundry expenses (7,364) (4,546)
Total other operating expenses (214,661) (196,116)
     
Income before distributions approved by the Board of Governors 96,546 198,401
     
Distributions of income approved by the Board of Governors (55,000) (59,000)
     
NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR 41,546 139,401

 

The accompanying notes to the financial statements form part of this statement.

 

Statement of other comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2021

(UA thousands)

 

  2021 2022
NET INCOME FOR THE YEAR 41,546 139,401
     
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME    
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss    
 Net gains/(losses) on financial assets at FVOCI 39,388 (69,869)
 Unrealized (losses)/gains on borrowings at fair value arising from “own credit” (38,248) 19,894
 Gains/(losses) on re-measurements of defined benefit liability 183,508 (29,059)
     
Total items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 184,648 (79,034)
     
Total other comprehensive income for the year 184,648 (79,034)
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR 226,194 60,367

 

The accompanying notes to the financial statements form part of this statement.

 C: 
 44 
 

 

 

Statement of changes in equity

for the year ended 31 December 2021

(UA thousands)

 

      Reserves  
 

Capital Subscriptions

Paid

Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions Retained Earnings Remeasurement of Defined Benefit Plan Net Gains/ (losses) on Financial Assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income Unrealized Gains/ (Losses) on Fair-Valued Borrowings Arising from “Own Credit” Total Equity
Balance at 1 January 2020 4,725,170 (148,449) 3,088,966 (436,272) 113,107 31,440 7,373,962
               
Net income for the year 139,401 - - - 139,401
               
Other comprehensive income:              
  Net losses on financial assets at FVOCI (69,869) (69,869)
  Unrealized gains on fair valued borrowings arising from “own credit” 19,894 19,894
  Losses on re-measurements of defined benefit liability (29,059) (29,059)
  Total other comprehensive income (29,059) (69,869) 19,894 (79,034)
               
Total comprehensive income for the year 139,401 (29,059) (69,869) 19,894 60,367
Net increase in paid-up capital 356,039 356,039
Net conversion gains on new
subscription
241 241
Balance at 31 December 2020 5,081,209 (148,208) 3,228,367 (465,331) 43,238 51,334 7,790,609
Effect of changes to attribution method under Medical Benefit Plan (IAS 19) (Note O) 67,386 67,386
Balance at 1 January 2021 5,081,209 (148,208) 3,228,367 (397,945) 43,238 51,334 7,857,995
               
Net income for the year 41,546 41,546
 Other comprehensive income:              
  Net gains on financial assets at FVOCI 39,388 39,388
  Unrealized losses on fair-valued borrowings arising from “own credit” (38,248) (38,248)
  Remeasurements of defined benefit liability 183,508 183,508
  Total other comprehensive income 183,508 39,388 (38,248) 184,648
               
Total Comprehensive income for the year 41,546 183,508 39,388 (38,248) 226,194
Net increase in paid-up capital 629,359 629,359
Net conversion losses on new
subscription
(7,629) (7,629)
Transfer between reserves 20,217 (20,217)
Balance at 31 December 2021 5,710,568 (155,837) 3,290,130 (214,437) 62,409 13,086 8,705,920

 

The accompanying notes to the financial statements form part of this statement.

 C: 
 45 
 

 

 

Statement of cash flows

for the year ended 31 December 2021

(UA thousands)

 

  2021 2020
CASH FLOWS FROM:    
     
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:    
Net income for the year 41,546 139,401
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:    
Depreciation and amortization 32,748 33,161
Net impairment on loan principal and charges 24,969 59,862
Unrealized losses on investments and related derivatives 35,561 89,376
Amortization of discount or premium on treasury investments at amortized cost 16,401 11,834
Impairment provision on treasury investments 65 39
Impairment provision/(write-back) on financial guarantee 164 (258)
Losses on equity accounted investments 264 1,713
Amortization of borrowing issuance costs 6,155 9,965
Unrealized losses/(gains) on borrowings at fair value and derivatives 111,213 (70,369)
Translation losses 1,475 23,175
Share of losses on equity accounted investments 241 184
Net movements in derivatives (171,617) (303,454)
Changes in accrued income on loans 90,314 69,104
Changes in accrued financial charges 12,884 (165,670)
Changes in other receivables and payables (272,103) 84,420
Net cash used in operating activities (69,720) (17,517)
     
INVESTING, LENDING AND DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITIES:    
Disbursements on loans (1,677,884) (3,325,285)
Repayments of loans 2,137,661 2,204,149
Investments maturing after 3 months of acquisition:    
 Treasury investments at fair value through profit and loss 18,031 2,097,735
 Treasury investments at amortized cost (505,018) (949,751)
Acquisition of property, equipment and intangible assets (16,939) (39,157)
Disposal of property, equipment and intangible assets 40 95
Disbursements on equity participations (56,199) (76,295)
Repayments on equity participations 65,664 36,243
Net cash used in investing, lending and development activities (34,644) (52,266)
     
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:    
New borrowings 6,524,317 4,343,983
Repayments on borrowings (5,767,960) (4,510,909)
Payments of lease liabilities (14,528) (11,998)
Cash from capital subscriptions 621,731 356,280
Net cash generated from financing activities 1,363,560 177,356
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 1,259,196 107,573
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents (91,946) 30,832
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 2,456,293 2,317,888
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 3,623,543 2,456,293
     
COMPOSED OF:    
Investments maturing within 3 months from acquisition:    
 Investments at fair value through profit and loss 320,404 124,108
Cash 3,303,139 2,332,185
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 3,623,543 2,456,293
     
SUPPLEMENTARY DISCLOSURE    
 1. Movement resulting from exchange rate fluctuations:    
 Interest paid (58,164) (418,600)
 Interest received 594,545 834,883
 Dividend received 23,859 15,246
 2. Movement resulting from exchange rate fluctuations:    
 Loans 225,446 38,949
 Borrowings (156,971) (635,696)
 Currency swaps 129,051 358,190

The accompanying notes to the financial statements form part of this statement.

 C: 
 46 
 

Notes to the Financial Statements
for the year ended 31 December 2021

NOTE A – Operations and affiliated organizations

The African Development Bank (ADB or the Bank) is a multilateral development finance institution dedicated to the economic and social progress of its regional member states. The Bank’s Headquarters is located in Abidjan, Côte d’Ivoire. The Bank finances development projects and programs in its regional member states, typically in cooperation with other national or international development institutions. In furtherance of this objective, the Bank participates in the selection, study and preparation of projects contributing to such development and, where necessary, provides technical assistance. The Bank also promotes investments of public and private capital in projects and programs designed to contribute to the economic and social progress of the regional member states. The activities of the Bank are complemented by those of the African Development Fund (ADF or the Fund), which was established by the Bank and certain countries; and the Nigeria Trust Fund (NTF), which is a special fund administered by the Bank. The ADB, ADF, and NTF each have separate and distinct assets and liabilities. There is no recourse to the ADB for obligations in respect of any of the ADF or NTF liabilities. The ADF was established to assist the Bank in contributing to the economic and social development of the Bank’s regional members, to promote cooperation and increased international trade particularly among the Bank’s members, and to provide financing on concessional terms for such purposes.

In accordance with Article 57 of the Agreement establishing the Bank, the Bank, its property, other assets, income and its operations and transactions shall be exempt from all taxation and customs duties. The Bank is also exempt from any obligation to pay, withhold or collect any tax or duty.

 

NOTE B – Summary of significant accounting policies

The Bank’s individual financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for certain financial assets and financial liabilities that are carried at fair value.

The significant accounting policies applied in the preparation of the financial statements are summarized below.

Revenue Recognition

Interest income is accrued and recognized based on the effective interest rate for the time such instrument is outstanding and held by the Bank. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts the estimated future cash flows through the expected life of the financial asset to the asset’s net carrying amount. Interest income is recognized on loans and treasury investments.

Fee and commission income and expenses are recognized in the income statement.

Realized and unrealized fair value gains or losses are recognized in the income statement on financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivatives) classified as measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL).

Dividends are recognized on equity participation instruments classified as measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) when the Bank’s right to receive the dividends is established.

Functional and Presentation Currencies

The Bank conducts its operations in the currencies of its member countries. As a result of the application of IAS 21 revised, “The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates”, the Bank prospectively changed its functional currency from the currencies of all its member countries to the Unit of Account (UA) effective 1 January 2005, as it was concluded that the UA most faithfully represented the aggregation of economic effects of events, conditions and the underlying transactions of the Bank conducted in different currencies.

The UA is also the currency in which the financial statements are presented. The value of the Unit of Account is defined in Article 5.1 (b) of the Agreement establishing the Bank (the Agreement) as equivalent to one Special Drawing Right (SDR) of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) or any unit adopted for the same purpose by the IMF.

The IMF formally approved the inclusion of the Chinese Renminbi Yuan (CNY) in its Special Drawing Rights (SDR) basket with effect from 1st October 2016 with a weight of 10.92 percent. In line with the Bank’s policy, Management approved the execution of currency exchange transactions to align the net assets composition of the Bank to the SDR.

Currency Translation

Income and expenses are translated to UA at the rates prevailing on the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities are translated into UA at rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. The rates used for translating currencies into UA at 31 December 2021 and 2020 are reported in Note S. Non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated into UA at historical rates.

 C: 
 47 
 

 

Translation differences are included in the determination of net income. Capital subscriptions are recorded in UA at the rates prevailing at the time of receipt. The translation difference relating to payments of capital subscriptions is reported in the financial statements as the Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions (CEAS).

This is composed of the difference between the UA amount at the predetermined rate and the UA amount using the rate at the time of receipt. When currencies are converted into other currencies, the resulting gains or losses are recognized in the income statement in the determination of net income.

Member Countries’ Subscriptions

The Bank classifies financial instruments as financial liabilities or equity instruments in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements of the instruments and the definition under IAS 32. Issued financial instruments or their components are classified as liabilities if the contractual arrangements result in the Bank having a present obligation to either deliver cash or another financial asset to the holder of the instrument. If this is not the case, the instrument is generally classified as an equity instrument and the proceeds included in equity, net of transaction costs.

The Bank’s member countries’ subscriptions meet the conditions for classification as equity specified for puttable financial instruments that include contractual obligations for repurchase or redemption for cash or another financial asset.

Although the Agreement establishing the ADB allows for a member country to withdraw from the Bank, no member has ever withdrawn its membership voluntarily, nor has any member indicated to the Bank that it intends to do so. The stability in the membership reflects the fact that the members, who constitute both African and non-African countries, are committed to the purpose of the Bank to contribute to the sustainable economic development and social progress of its Regional Member Countries individually and jointly. Accordingly, as of 31 December 2021, the Bank did not expect to distribute any portion of its net assets due to member country withdrawals.

In the unlikely event of a withdrawal by a member, the Bank shall arrange for the repurchase of the former member’s shares. The repurchase price of the shares is the value shown by the books of the Bank on the date the country ceases to be a member, hereafter referred to as “the termination date”. The Bank may partially or fully offset amounts due for shares purchased against the members liabilities on loans and guarantees due to the Bank.

The former member would remain liable for direct obligations and contingent liabilities to the Bank for so long as any parts of the loans or guarantees contracted before the termination date are outstanding. If at a date subsequent to the termination date, it becomes evident that losses may not have been sufficiently taken into account when the repurchase price was determined, the former member may be required to pay, on demand, the amount by which the repurchase price of the shares would have been reduced had the losses been taken into account when the repurchase price was determined.

In addition, the former member remains liable on any call, subsequent to the termination date, for unpaid subscriptions, to the extent that it would have been required to respond if the impairment of capital had occurred and the call had been made at the time the repurchase price of its shares was determined.

In the event that a member were to withdraw, the Bank may set the dates in respect of payments for shares repurchased. If, for example, paying a former member would have adverse consequences for the Bank’s financial position, the Bank could defer payment until the risk had passed, and indefinitely if appropriate. Furthermore, shares that become unsubscribed for any reason may be offered by the Bank for purchase by eligible member countries, based on the share transfer rules approved by the Board of Governors. In any event, no payments shall be made until six months after the termination date.

If the Bank were to terminate its operations, all liabilities of the Bank would first be settled out of the assets of the Bank and then, if necessary, out of members’ callable capital, before any distribution could be made to any member country. Such distribution is subject to the prior decision of the Board of Governors of the Bank and would be based on the pro-rata share of each member country.

Employee Benefits

Short term employee benefits

Short-term benefits (such as wages, salaries, bonuses etc.) are employee benefits expected to be settled within 12 months of the balance sheet date. Short-term employee benefits are expensed in the profit or loss as the related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount expected to be paid if the Bank has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

Post-employment benefits

The Bank operates a post-employment benefit plan that combines the features of a defined benefit (DB) and a defined contribution (DC) plan into a hybrid pension structure which are explained below.

 C: 
 48 
 

Defined Contribution Plans

Under the defined contribution plan, the Bank and its employees pay fixed contributions to an externally administered fund with investment-grade credit rating, on behalf of the participants. The retirement benefits of the participants depend solely on the contributions made and the plan’s investment performance. The Bank has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.

The contributions are recognized as pension expense in the income statements when they are due. Contributions not yet transferred to the fund are recorded in account payable on the balance sheet and are transferred within the shortest possible time frame.

Defined Benefit Plans

A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as accrual rate, age, contribution years of service and average remuneration. The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets. The Bank operates a Staff Retirement Plan (SRP), that is accounted for as a defined benefit plan.

The calculation of the cost of providing benefits for the DB is performed annually by a qualified actuary using the Projected Unit Credit Method. Upon reaching retirement age, pension is calculated based on the average remuneration for the final three years of pensionable service and the pension is subject to annual inflationary adjustments.

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit obligation, which comprise actuarial gains and losses as well as the differences between expected and real returns on assets are recognized immediately in other comprehensive income in the year they occur. Net interest expense and other expenses related to the defined benefit are recognized in the profit or loss.

When benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Bank recognizes gains and losses on settlement of a defined benefit plan when the settlement occurs.

Medical Benefit Plan

The Bank also operates a defined Medical Benefit Plan (MBP), which provides post-employment healthcare benefits to eligible former staff, including retirees. Membership of the MBP includes both staff and retirees of the Bank. The entitlement to the post-retirement healthcare benefit is usually conditional on the employee contributing to the Plan up to retirement age and the completion of a minimum service period.

The expected costs of these benefits derive from contributions from plan members as well as the Bank and are accrued over the period of employment and during retirement. Contributions by the Bank to the MBP are charged to expenses and included in the income statement.

The MBP Board, an independent body created by the Bank, determines the adequacy of the contributions and is authorized to recommend changes to the contribution rates of both the Bank and plan members.

The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of MBP is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets. The calculation of the cost of providing benefits for the MBP is performed annually by a qualified actuary using the Projected Unit Credit Method.

Remeasurement of the net defined benefit obligation, which comprise actuarial gains and losses as well as the differences between expected and real returns on assets are recognized immediately in other comprehensive income in the year they occur. Net interest expense and other expenses related to the MBP are recognized in the profit or loss.

The effect of changes in accounting policies and further details of the Bank’s employee benefits are included in Note O – Employee Benefits.

Financial Instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized on the Bank’s balance sheet when the Bank assumes related contractual rights or obligations. All financial assets and financial liabilities are initially recognized at fair value plus for an item not at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue.

 

1)Financial Assets

In accordance with IFRS 9, the Bank manages its financial assets in line with the applicable business model and accordingly, classifies its financial assets into the following categories: financial assets at amortized cost; financial assets at FVTPL; and financial assets at FVOCI.

 C: 
 49 
 

 

 

 

In line with the Bank’s business model, financial assets are held either for the stabilization of income through the management of net interest margin or for liquidity management. The Bank’s investments in the equity of enterprises, whether in the private or public sector is for the promotion of economic development of its member countries and not for trading to realize fair value changes. Management determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition.

i)Financial Assets at Amortized Cost

A financial asset is classified as at “amortized cost” only if the asset meets two criteria: the objective of the Bank’s business model is to hold the asset to collect the contractual cash flows; and the contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal outstanding. The nature of any derivatives embedded in debt investments are considered in determining whether the cash flows of the investment are solely payment of principal and interest on the principal outstanding and are not accounted for separately.

Financial assets other than those classified at amortized cost are classified as measured at fair value through profit or loss or other

comprehensive income, as appropriate, if either of the two criteria above is not met.

Financial assets at amortized cost include, cash and cash equivalents, some loans and receivables on amounts advanced to borrowers and certain debt investments that meet the criteria of financial assets at amortized cost. Receivables comprise demand obligations, accrued income and receivables from loans and investments and other amounts receivable. Loans and receivables meeting the two criteria above are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Loan origination and similar fees are deferred and recognized over the life of the related loan or financial product as an adjustment of the yield. The amortization of origination fee for loans and related financial products is included in income under the relevant category, as appropriate.

Loans that have a conversion option that could potentially change the future cash flows to no longer represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured at FVTPL as required by IFRS 9. The fair value is determined using the expected cash flows model with inputs including interest rates and the borrower’s credit spread estimated based on the Bank’s internal rating methodology for non-sovereign loans.

Investments classified as financial assets at amortized cost include non-derivative treasury investments with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities. These investments are carried and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

ii)Financial Assets at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

Financial assets that do not meet the amortized cost criteria as described above are measured at FVTPL. This category includes all treasury assets held for resale to realize short-term fair value changes as well as certain loans for which either of the criteria for recognition at amortized cost is not met. Realized and unrealized gains or losses on these financial assets are reported in the income statement in the period in which they arise. Derivatives are also categorized as financial assets at FVTPL.

In addition, financial assets that meet amortized cost criteria can be designated and measured at FVTPL. A debt instrument may be designated as at FVTPL upon initial recognition if such designation eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency that would arise from measuring assets or liabilities or recognizing the gains and losses on them on different bases.

iii)Financial Assets at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income

On initial recognition, the Bank can make an irrevocable election (on an instrument-by-instrument basis) to designate investments in equity instruments not held for trading as financial assets measured at FVOCI.

Equity investments are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are measured at fair value with gains and losses arising from fair value measurement recognized in other comprehensive income and transferred to appropriate reserve in equity. The cumulative gains or losses in equity are not reclassified to profit or loss on disposal of the equity investments but may be reclassified to retained earnings. No impairments are recognized in the income statement. Dividends earned from such investments are recognized in profit and loss unless the dividends clearly represent a repayment of part of the cost of the investment, in which case, it is recognized against the carrying amount of the equity investment.

iv)Financial Guarantee Contracts

Financial guarantee contracts are contracts that require the issuer to make specified payments to reimburse the holder for an incurred loss because a specified debtor fails to make payments when due in accordance with the terms of a specified debt instrument. The Bank issues such financial guarantees—which are not managed on a fair value basis—to its clients including banks, financial institutions and other parties. IFRS 9 requires written financial guarantees that are managed on a fair value basis to be designated at fair value through profit or loss. However, financial guarantees that are not managed on a fair value basis are initially recognized in the financial statements at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition, these financial guarantees are measured at the higher of the amount initially recognized less cumulative amortization, and the loss allowances determined under IFRS 9.

 C: 
 50 
 

 

 

 

Recognition and Derecognition of Financial Assets

Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized or derecognized on a trade-date basis, which is the date on which the Bank commits to purchase or sell the asset. Loans are recognized when cash is advanced to the borrowers. Financial assets not carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognized at fair value plus transaction costs. Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or where the Bank has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership.

 

Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements, Securities Lent under Securities Lending Agreements and Securities Sold under Repurchase Agreements and Payable for Cash Collateral Received

Securities purchased under resale agreements, securities lent under securities lending agreements, and securities sold under repurchase agreements are recorded at market rates. The Bank receives securities purchased under resale agreements, monitors the fair value of the securities and, if necessary, closes out transactions and enters into new repriced transactions. The securities transferred to counterparties under the repurchase and security lending arrangements and the securities transferred to the Bank under the resale agreements do not meet the accounting criteria for treatment as a sale.

Therefore, securities transferred under repurchase agreements and security lending arrangements are retained as assets on the Bank balance sheet, and securities received under resale agreements are not recorded on the Bank’s Balance Sheet. In cases where the Bank enters into a “reverse repo” – that is, purchases an asset and simultaneously enters into an agreement to resell the same at a fixed price on a future date – a receivable from reverse repurchase agreement and an obligation under repurchase is recognized in the statement of financial position. However, the underlying asset is not recognized in the financial statements.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits and other short-term, highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash, are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have a time to maturity upon acquisition of three months or less.

 

2)Financial Liabilities

Borrowings

In the ordinary course of its business, the Bank borrows funds in the major capital markets for lending and liquidity management purposes. The Bank issues different debt instruments denominated in various currencies, with differing maturities at fixed or variable interest rates. The Bank’s borrowing strategy is driven by three major factors, namely: timeliness in meeting cash flow requirements, optimizing asset and liability management with the objective of mitigating exposure to financial risks, and providing cost-effective funding.

In addition to long and medium-term borrowings, the Bank also undertakes short-term borrowing for cash and liquidity management purposes only. Borrowings not designated at fair value through profit or loss are carried on the balance sheet at amortized cost with interest expense determined using the effective interest method. Borrowing expenses are recognized in profit or loss and include the amortization of issuance costs, discounts and premiums, which is determined using the effective interest method. Borrowing activities may create exposure to market risk, most notably interest rate and currency risks.

The Bank uses derivatives and other risk management approaches to mitigate such risks. Details of the Bank’s risk management policies and practices are contained in Note C to these financial statements. Certain of the Bank’s borrowings obtained prior to 1990, from the governments of certain member countries of the Bank, are interest-free loans.

Financial Liabilities at Fair Value through Profit or Loss

This category has two sub-categories: financial liabilities held for trading, and those designated at FVTPL at inception. Derivatives are categorized as held-for-trading. The Bank applies fair value designation primarily to borrowings that have been swapped into floating-rate debt using derivative contracts. In these cases, the designation of the borrowing at fair value through profit or loss is made in order to significantly reduce accounting mismatches that otherwise would have arisen if the borrowings were carried on the balance sheet at amortized cost while the related swaps are carried on the balance sheet at fair value.

In accordance with IFRS 9, fair value changes in the Bank’s financial liabilities that are designated as at FVTPL are presented as follows: the amount of change in the fair value that is attributable to changes in the Bank’s “own credit risk” are presented in OCI; and the remaining amount of change in the fair value is presented in profit or loss.

Amounts presented in OCI are never reclassified to profit or loss when the liability is settled or derecognized. However, the Bank may transfer the cumulative gain or loss within equity i.e., to retained earnings.

 C: 
 51 
 

 

 

 

Other Liabilities

All financial liabilities that are not derivatives or designated at FVTPL are recorded at amortized cost. These include certain borrowings, accrued finance charges on borrowings and other accounts payable and liabilities. Financial liabilities are derecognized when they are discharged or canceled or when they expire.

 

Derivatives

The Bank uses derivative instruments in its portfolios for asset/liability management, cost reduction, risk management and hedging purposes. These instruments are mainly cross-currency swaps and interest rate swaps. The derivatives on borrowings are used to modify the interest rate or currency characteristics of the debt the Bank issues. This economic relationship is established on the date the debt is issued and maintained throughout the terms of the contracts. The interest component of these derivatives is reported as part of borrowing expenses.

The Bank classifies all derivatives at fair value, with all changes in fair value recognized in the income statement. When the criteria for the application of the fair value option are met, then the related debt is also carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the income statement.

The Bank assesses its hybrid financial assets (i.e. the combined financial asset host and embedded derivative) in its entirety to determine their classification. A hybrid financial asset is measured at amortized cost if the combined cash flows represent solely principal and interest on the outstanding principal; otherwise it is measured at fair value. As at 31 December 2021, the Bank had hybrid loans that were measured at fair value in accordance with IFRS 9.

Derivatives embedded in financial liabilities or other non-financial host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and characteristics were not closely related to those of the host contract and the host contract was not carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported in profit or loss. Such derivatives are stripped from the host contract and measured at fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported in profit or loss.

 

Derivative Credit Valuation (CVA) and Funding Valuation Adjustment (FVA)

Valuation adjustment for counterparty and funding risk (CVA/FVA) is recognized on derivative financial instruments to reflect the impact on fair value of counterparty credit risk and the Bank’s own credit quality. This adjustment takes into account the existing compensating agreements for each of the counterparties. The CVA is determined on the basis of the expected positive exposure of the Bank vis-ŕ-vis the counterparty, the FVA is calculated on the basis of the expected negative exposure of the Bank vis-ŕ-vis the counterparty, and the funding spreads, on a counterparty basis. These calculations are recognized on the life of the potential exposure and concentrates on the use of observable and relevant market data.

Hedge Accounting

The Bank applies fair value hedge accounting to interest rate swaps contracted to hedge the interest rate risk exposure associated with its fixed rate loans. Under fair value hedge accounting, the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the change in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in the income statement.

At inception of the hedge, the Bank documents the relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item, along with its risk management objectives and its strategy for undertaking the hedge transactions. Furthermore, at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, the Bank documents whether the hedging instrument is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Bank’s risk management objective for the hedging relationship has changed, when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, or when it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting except where the reason for the discontinuation is directly linked to the IBOR reforms amendments of IFRS 9 and IAS 39. The cumulative fair value adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item arising from the hedged risk is amortized to profit or loss from that date.

Impairment of Financial Assets

The Bank applies a three-stage approach to measuring expected credit losses (ECLs) for the following categories of financial assets: Debt instruments measured at amortized cost, Loan commitments, financial guarantee contracts and Treasury investments held at amortized cost.

Financial assets migrate through the following three stages based on the change in credit risk since initial recognition:

i)Stage 1: 12-months ECL

Stage 1 includes financial assets that have not had a significant increase in credit risk (SICR) since initial recognition. The Bank recognizes 12 months of ECL for stage 1 financial assets. In assessing whether credit risk has increased significantly, the Bank compares the risk of a default occurring on the financial asset as at the reporting date, with the risk of a default occurring on the financial asset as at the date of its initial recognition.

 C: 
 52 
 

 

 

 

ii)Stage 2: Lifetime ECL – not credit impaired

Stage 2 comprises financial assets that have had a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, but for which there is no objective evidence of impairment. The Bank recognizes lifetime ECL for stage 2 financial assets. For these exposures, the Bank recognizes an allowance amount based on lifetime ECL (i.e. an allowance amount reflecting the remaining lifetime of the financial asset). A significant increase in credit risk is considered to have occurred when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due and the amount overdue is more than UA 25,000 for sovereign and non-sovereign loans or where, in the case of non-sovereign loans, there has been a rating downgrade since initial recognition.

iii)Stage 3: Lifetime ECL – credit impaired

Included in stage 3, are assets that have been categorized as credit impaired. The Bank recognizes lifetime ECL for all stage 3 financial assets, as a specific provision. A financial asset is classified as credit impaired when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of that financial instrument have occurred after its initial recognition.

Evidence of impairment includes indications that the borrower is experiencing significant financial difficulties, or a default or delinquency has occurred. A default occurs with regard to an obligor when either or both of the following have taken place:

The Bank considers that the obligor is unlikely to pay its credit obligations in full, without recourse by the Bank to actions such as realizing security; or
The obligor is past due by more than 180 days for sovereign loans and more than 90 days for non-sovereign loans provided that the amount overdue is more than UA 25,000.

Interest revenue is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the amortized cost (net of the applicable impairment loss provision) for impaired financial assets falling under stage 3. For assets falling within stage 1 and 2 interest revenue is recognized on the gross carrying amount.

When the Bank has measured the loss allowance for a financial instrument at an amount equal to lifetime ECL in the previous reporting period but determines at the current reporting date that criteria for recognizing the lifetime ECL is no longer met i.e., cured, the Bank measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to 12-month ECL at the current reporting date. A financial asset is considered cured (i.e., no longer impaired) when all past due amounts, including interest, have been recovered, and it is determined that the principal and interest are fully collectable in accordance with the original contractual terms or revised market terms of the financial instrument with all criteria for the impaired classification having been remedied.

Determining the stage for impairment

At each reporting date, the Bank assesses whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk for exposures since initial recognition by comparing the risk of default occurring over the remaining expected life from the reporting date and the date of initial recognition. The Bank considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort for this purpose. Refer to Note C.

An exposure will migrate through the ECL stages as asset quality deteriorates or improves. For both non- sovereign and sovereign loans, a significant increase in credit risk is considered to have occurred when the rating at reporting date has been downgraded or contractual payments are more than 30 days past due and the overdue amount is higher than UA 25,000. Except that in the case of sovereign loans both the rating downgrade and 30 days overdue must occur at the same time with the overdue amounts exceeding the limit.

If, in a subsequent period, asset quality improves and any previously assessed significant increase in credit risk since origination is reversed, then the provision for doubtful debts reverts from lifetime ECL to 12-months ECL. Exposures whose credit rating remains within the Bank’s investment grade criteria are considered to have a low credit risk even where their credit rating has deteriorated.

When there is no reasonable expectation of recovery of an asset, it is written off against the related provision. Such assets are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off reduce the amount of the expense in the income statement.

Measurement of ECLs

ECLs are derived from unbiased and probability-weighted estimates of expected loss, and are measured as follows:

Financial assets that are not credit-impaired at the reporting date : as the present value of all cash shortfalls over the expected life of the financial asset discounted by the effective interest rate. The cash shortfall is the difference between the cash flows due to the Bank in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Bank expects to receive.

Financial assets that are credit-impaired at the reporting date: as the difference between the gross carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted by the effective interest rate.

Undrawn loan commitments: as the present value of the difference between the contractual cash flows that are due to the Bank if the commitment is drawn down and the cash flows that the Bank expects to receive.

 C: 
 53 
 

 

 

 

Financial guarantee contracts: as the expected payments to reimburse the holder less any amounts that the Bank expects to recover. ECLs are recognized using a loss allowance account and recognized in the profit and loss.

For further details on how the Bank calculates ECLs including the use of forward-looking information, refer to the Credit quality of financial assets section in Note C.

Offsetting of Financial Instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and reported on a net basis when there is a current legally enforceable right to off-set the recognized amount. A current legally enforceable right exists if the right is not contingent on a future event and is enforceable both in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the entity and all counterparties and there is an intention on the part of the Bank to settle on a net basis, or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The Bank discloses all recognized financial instruments that are set off and those subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement, irrespective of whether they are offset. Information relating to financial assets and liabilities that are subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangement is provided in Note C.

Fair Value Disclosure

In active markets, the most reliable indicators of fair value are quoted market prices. A financial instrument is regarded as quoted in an active market if quoted prices are regularly available from an exchange, dealer, broker, industry group, pricing service or regulatory agency, and those prices represent actual and regularly occurring market transactions on an arm’s length basis. If the above criteria are not met, the market is regarded as being inactive.

Indications that a market might be inactive include when there is a wide bid-offer spread or significant increase in the bid-offer spread or there are few or no recent transactions observed in the market. When markets become illiquid or less active, market quotations may not represent the prices at which orderly transactions would take place between willing buyers and sellers and therefore may require adjustment in the valuation process. Consequently, in an inactive market, price quotations are not necessarily determinative of fair values.

Considerable judgment is required to distinguish between active and inactive markets. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities that are traded in active markets are based on quoted market prices or dealer price quotations. For all other financial instruments, the Bank measures fair values using other valuation techniques that incorporate the maximum use of market data inputs.

The objective of the valuation techniques applied by the Bank is to arrive at a reliable fair value measurement. Other valuation techniques include net present value, discounted cash flow analysis, option pricing models, comparison to similar instruments for which market observable prices exists and other valuation models commonly used by market participants. Assumptions and inputs used in valuation techniques include risk free and benchmark interest rates, credit spreads and other premiums used in estimating discount rates, bond and equity prices, foreign currency exchange rates and expected price volatilities and correlations.

The Bank uses widely recognized valuation models for measuring the fair value of common and simpler financial instruments, like interest rate and currency swaps that use only observable market data and require minimum management judgment and estimation. Availability of observable market prices and model inputs reduces the need for management judgment and estimation and also reduces the uncertainty associated with the measurement of fair value. Observable market prices and inputs available vary depending on the products and markets and are subject to changes based on specific events and general conditions in the financial markets.

Where the Bank measures portfolios of financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of net exposures, it applies judgment in determining appropriate portfolio level adjustments such as bid-ask spread. Such judgments are derived from observable bid- ask spreads for similar instruments and adjusted for factors specific to the portfolio.

The following three hierarchical levels are used for the measurement of fair value:

Level 1:      Quoted prices in active markets for the same instrument (i.e., without modification or repackaging).

Level 2:     Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities or other valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are based on observable market data. Included in this category are instruments valued using quoted market prices in active markets for similar instruments, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are considered less than active, or other valuation techniques where all significant inputs are directly or indirectly observable from market data.

Level 3:      Valuation techniques for which significant input is not based on observable market data and the unobservable inputs have a significant effect on the instrument’s valuation. Instruments that are valued based on quoted market prices for similar instruments where significant unobservable adjustments or assumptions are required to reflect differences between the instruments are included in this category.

 C: 
 54 
 

 

 

 

The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety is determined on the basis of the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. For this purpose, the significance of an input is assessed against the fair value measurement in its entirety. If a fair value measurement uses observable inputs that require significant adjustment based on unobservable inputs, that measurement is a Level 3 measurement. A valuation input is considered observable if it can be directly observed from transactions in an active market, or if there is compelling external evidence demonstrating an executable exit price.

The methods and assumptions used by the Bank in measuring the fair values of financial instruments are as follows:

Cash: The carrying amount is the fair value.

Investments: Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

Borrowings: Fair values of the Bank’s borrowings are based on market quotations when possible or valuation techniques based on discounted cash flow models using London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) market-determined discount curves adjusted by the Bank’s credit spread. Credit spreads are obtained from market data as well as indicative quotations received from certain counterparties for the Bank’s new public bond issues. The Bank also uses systems based on industry standard pricing models and valuation techniques to value borrowings and their associated derivatives.

The models use market-sourced inputs such as interest rates, yield curves, exchange rates and option volatilities. Valuation models are subject to internal and periodic external reviews. When a determination is made that the market for an existing borrowing is inactive or illiquid, appropriate adjustments are made to the relevant observable market data to arrive at the Bank’s best measure of the price at which the Bank could have sold the borrowing at the balance sheet date.

For borrowings on which the Bank has elected fair value option, the portion of fair value changes on the valuation of borrowings relating to the credit risk of the Bank is reported in Other Comprehensive Income in accordance with IFRS 9.

Equity investments: The Bank holds direct equity in various enterprises and private funds which may be listed or unlisted. All equity investments held by the Bank are measured at fair value in line with IFRS 9. Where, as in the case of private funds, the underlying assets are periodically valued by fund managers or independent valuation experts using market practices, Management has concluded that these valuations are representative of fair value.

Where such valuations are unavailable, the percentage of the Bank’s ownership of the net asset value of such funds is deemed to approximate the fair value of the Bank’s equity participation. The fair value of investments in listed enterprises is based on the latest available quoted bid prices.

Derivative financial instruments: The fair values of derivative financial instruments are based on market quotations where possible or valuation techniques that use market estimates of cash flows and discount rates. The Bank also uses valuation tools based on industry standard pricing models and valuation techniques to value derivative financial instruments.

The models use market- sourced inputs such as interest rates, yield curves, exchange rates and option volatilities. All financial models used for valuing the Bank’s financial instruments are subject to both internal and periodic external reviews.

Loans: The Bank does not sell its sovereign loans, nor does it believe there is a comparable market for these loans. The Bank’s loan assets, except for those at fair value, are carried on the balance sheet at amortized cost. The fair value of loans carried at amortized cost are deemed to approximate their carrying value net of the impairment losses based on the expected credit loss model and represents Management’s best measures of the present value of the expected cash flows of these loans.

The fair valuation of loans has been measured using a discounted cash flow model based on year-end market lending rates in the relevant currency including impairment, when applicable, and credit spreads for non- sovereign loans. In arriving at its best estimate Management makes certain assumptions about the unobservable inputs to the model, the significant ones of which are the expected cash flows and the discount rate. These are regularly assessed for reasonableness and impact on the fair value of loans.

An increase in the level of forecast cash flows in subsequent periods would lead to an increase in the fair value and an increase in the discount rate used to discount the forecast cash flows would lead to a decrease in the fair value of loans. Changes in fair value of loans carried at fair value through profit and loss are reported in the income statement.

Valuation Processes Applied by the Bank

The fair value measurements of all qualifying treasury investments, borrowings, loans and equity investments are reported to and reviewed by the Assets & Liabilities Management Committee (ALCO) in line with the Bank’s financial reporting policies.

Where third-party information from brokers or pricing experts are used to measure fair value, documents are independently

assessed and evidence obtained from the third parties to support the conclusions.

 C: 
 55 
 

 

 

 

The assessment and documentation involves ensuring that (i) the broker or pricing service provider is duly approved for use in pricing the relevant type of financial instrument; (ii) the fair value arrived at reasonably represents actual market transactions; (iii) where prices for similar instruments have been adopted, that the same have been, where necessary, adjusted to reflect the characteristics of the instrument subject to measurement and where a number of quotes for the same financial instrument have been obtained, fair value has been properly determined using those quotes.

Day One Gain or Loss

The fair value of a financial instrument at initial recognition is based on fair value as defined under IFRS 13. A gain or loss may only be recognized on initial recognition of a financial instrument if the fair value of that instrument is evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument (i.e. without modification or repackaging) or based on a valuation technique whose variables include only data from observable markets.

On initial recognition, a gain or loss may not be recognized when using a fair value which is not defined under IFRS 13. The Bank only recognizes gains or losses after initial recognition to the extent that they arise from a change in a factor (including time) that market participants would consider in setting a price.

The Bank holds financial instruments, some maturing after more than ten years, where fair value is not based on quoted prices in an active market at the measurement date. Such financial instruments are initially recognized at the transaction price, although the value obtained from the relevant market participants may differ.

The difference between the transaction price and the fair value measurement that is not evidenced by a quoted price in an active market or by a valuation technique that uses only observable market data, commonly referred to as “day one profit and loss”, is either: (i) amortized over the life of the transaction; or (ii) deferred until the instrument’s fair value can be measured using market observable inputs or is realized through settlement.

The financial instrument is subsequently measured at fair value, adjusted for the deferred day one profit and loss. Subsequent changes in fair value are recognized immediately in the income statement without immediate reversal of deferred day one profits and losses.

Investment in Associates

Under IAS 28, “Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures”, the ADF and any other entity in which the Bank has significant influence are considered associates of the Bank. An associate is an entity over which the Bank has significant influence, but not control, over the entity’s financial and operating policy decisions. The relationship between the Bank and the ADF is described in more detail in Note H.

IAS 28 requires that the equity method be used to account for investments in associates. Under the equity method, an investment in an associate is initially recognized at cost and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the investor’s share of the profit or loss of the investee after the date of acquisition.

The investor’s share of the profit or loss of the investee is recognized in the investor’s income statement. The subscriptions by the Bank to the capital of the ADF occurred between 1974 and 1990. At 31 December 2021, such subscriptions cumulatively represented less than 1 percent of the economic interest in the capital of the ADF.

Although ADF is a not-for-profit entity and has never distributed any dividend to its subscribers since its creation in 1972, IAS 28 require that the equity method be used to account for the Bank’s investment in the ADF. Furthermore, in accordance with IAS 36, the net investment in the ADF is assessed for impairment, and any impairment losses (or impairment reversals) are recognized in the income statements. Cumulative losses as measured under the equity method are limited to the investment’s original cost as the ADB has not guaranteed any potential losses of the ADF.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is measured at historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or are recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Bank and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. Repairs and maintenance are charged to the income statement when they are incurred.

Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to amortize the difference

between cost and estimated residual values over estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

Buildings: 15–20 years
Fixtures and fittings: 6–10 years
Furniture and equipment: 3–7 years
Motor vehicles: 5 years
Right-of-use assets: over the shorter of the estimated useful life and lease term.
 C: 
 56 
 

 

 

 

The residual values and useful lives of assets are reviewed periodically and adjusted if appropriate. Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed annually for impairment. An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to disposal and its value in use. Gains and losses on disposal are determined as the difference between proceeds and the asset’s carrying amount and are included in the income statement in the period of disposal.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets include computer systems software and are stated at historical cost less amortization. An intangible asset is recognized only when its cost can be measured reliably, and it is probable that the expected future economic benefits attributable to it will flow to the Bank. Amortization of intangible assets is calculated using the straight-line method to write down the cost of intangible assets to their residual values over their estimated useful lives of 3–5 years.

Leases

As a lessee, the Bank has several contracts for its offices in the headquarters and certain member countries that conveys the right to use the offices (the underlying asset) for a period in exchange for consideration. Under such agreements, the contract contains an explicitly identified asset and the Bank has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the offices throughout the period of the lease.

At lease commencement date, the Bank recognizes a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the balance sheet. Right-of-use assets are measured at the amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments relating to that lease.

On the statement of financial position, right-of-use assets have been included in property, plant and equipment and lease liabilities have been included in Other Accounts Payable. The Bank depreciates the right-of-use assets on a straight-line basis over the shorter of its estimated useful life and the lease term.

At the commencement date, the Bank measures the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments unpaid at that date, discounted using the Bank’s incremental borrowing rate. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made.

Allocations and Distributions of Income Approved by the Board of Governors

In accordance with the Agreement establishing the Bank, the Board of Governors is the sole authority for approving allocations from income to surplus account or distributions to other entities for development purposes. Surplus consists of earnings from prior years which are retained by the Bank until further decision is made on their disposition or the conditions of distribution for specified uses have been met. Distributions of income for development purposes are reported as expenses on the income statement in the year of approval. Distributions of income for development purposes are deemed as made on behalf of member countries and may be funded from amounts previously transferred to surplus account or from the current year’s income in equity.

Allocable Income

The Bank uses allocable income for making distributions out of its net income. Allocable income excludes unrealized mark-to- market gains and losses associated with instruments held for trading and adjusted for translation gains and losses.

Retained Earnings

Retained earnings of the Bank consist of amounts allocated to reserves from prior years’ income, balance of amounts allocated to surplus after deducting distributions approved by the Board of Governors, unallocated current year’s net income, and expenses recognized directly in equity as required by IFRS.

Segment Reporting

An operating segment is a component of the Bank Group that engages in business activities from which it can earn revenues and incur expenses, whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (that is, Management under the direct authority of the Board) to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and assess its performance. Operating segments are identified and reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to Management and the Board. The measurement of segment assets, liabilities, income and expenses is in accordance with the Bank Group’s accounting policies.

Critical Accounting Judgments and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

In the preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS, Management makes certain estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent liabilities. Actual results could differ from such estimates. Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

 C: 
 57 
 

 

 

 

The most significant judgments and estimates are summarized below:

 

1)Significant Judgments

The Bank’s accounting policies require that assets and liabilities be designated at inception into different accounting categories. Such decisions require significant judgment and relate to the following circumstances:

Fair Value through profit and loss: In designating financial assets or liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, the Bank has determined that such assets or liabilities meet the criteria for this classification.

Amortized cost and embedded derivatives: The Bank follows the guidance of IFRS 9 on classifying financial assets and those with embedded derivatives in their entirety as at amortized cost or fair value through profit or loss. In making this judgment, the Bank considers whether the cash flows of the financial asset are solely payment of principal and interest on the principal outstanding and classifies the qualifying asset accordingly without separating the derivative.

Consolidation: The Bank follows the guidance of IFRS 10 in ascertaining if there are any entities that it controls, and that may require consolidation.

Impairment losses on financial assets: The measurement of impairment losses under IFRS 9 across all categories of financial assets requires judgement, in particular, the estimation of the amount and timing of future cash flows and collateral values when determining impairment losses and the assessment of a significant increase in credit risk. These estimates are driven by a number of factors, changes in which can result in different levels of allowances. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating both the amount and timing of future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.

The Bank’s ECL calculations are outputs of complex models with a number of underlying assumptions regarding the choice of variable inputs and their interdependencies. Elements of the ECL models that are considered accounting judgments and estimates include:

The Bank’s internal credit grading model, which assigns PDs to the individual grades.
The Bank’s criteria for assessing if there has been a significant increase in credit risk necessitating the loss allowance to be measured on a 12 month or lifetime ECL basis and the applicable qualitative assessment.
Development of ECL models, including the various formulas and the choice of inputs.
Determination of associations between macroeconomic scenarios and, economic inputs, such as unemployment levels and collateral values, and the effect on the probability of default, likely loss in the event of default, and exposure at default.
Selection of forward-looking macroeconomic scenarios and their probability weightings, to derive the economic inputs into the ECL models.

 

2)Significant Estimates

The Bank also uses estimates for its financial statements in the following circumstances:

Fair Value of Financial Instruments – The fair value of financial instruments that are not quoted in active markets is measured by using valuation techniques. Where valuation techniques (for example, models) are used to measure fair values, they are validated and periodically reviewed by qualified personnel independent of the area that created them. All valuation models are calibrated to ensure that outputs reflect actual data and comparative market prices. To the extent practical, valuation models use only observable data; however, areas such as credit risk (both own and counterparty), volatilities and correlations require Management to make estimates.

Changes in assumptions about these factors could affect the reported fair value of financial instruments. Assessing the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, considering factors specific to the asset or liability. The determination of what constitutes “observable” requires significant judgment by the Bank.

Post-employment Benefits – The present value of retirement benefit obligations is sensitive to the actuarial and financial assumptions used, including the discount rate. At the end of each year, the Bank determines the appropriate discount rate and other variables to be used to determine the present value of estimated future pension obligations. The discount rate is based on market yields of high-quality corporate bonds in the currencies comprising the Bank’s UA at the end of the year, and the estimates for the other variables are based on the Bank’s best judgment.

Change in Presentation and Comparative

In some cases, the Bank may in the current year, change the presentation of certain line items in the financial statements to enhance inter-period comparability. When such a change in presentation is made, the comparative information is also adjusted as may be necessary to reflect the new presentation.

 C: 
 58 
 

 

 

 

The impact of COVID-19

At the beginning of the last quarter of 2021, there were prospects of a bounce-back of economic activities globally, as the pandemic had shown signs of abating. Infection rates reduced, and vaccination rates increased. However, the emergence of a new COVID-19 variant, Omicron, in December 2021, inflationary pressures due to supply-demand imbalance, and higher crude prices have dimmed the economic outlook for 2022.

For Africa, economic growth for 2022 is posited to be 4.1 percent (below the global growth rate of 4.4 percent), a decrease of

2.8 percent from the 6.9 percent growth rate registered in 2021. The continent’s recovery is hampered by low vaccination rates, supply chain disruptions that have delayed project implementation, and the issue of growing debt. According to the IMF, debt payments hinder the ability of African governments to provide social protection benefits to their citizens. The forecast of an increase in global interest rates in 2022 will push many African countries further into debt distress amidst the challenge of dealing with the pandemic.

The IMF’s latest economic outlook published on 25 January 2022 downgraded global growth for 2022 to 4.4 percent (previous forecast 4.9 percent). The report attributes the downgrade to rising COVID-19 cases, supply chain disruptions and higher than expected inflation. Also contributing to the downgrade is the slow recovery of the two big economies of the United States of America and China.

A major concern for global economic recovery is the divergence between the advanced and developing economies, caused by the disparities in vaccine access and roll-out programs. In advanced countries, almost 60 percent of the population are vaccinated, while only about 4 percent of low-income countries are vaccinated based on data from the IMF.

Therefore, achieving sustained economic recovery in 2022 is largely dependent on improved vaccination rates, keeping infection

rates down, and halting the emergence and spread of new variants.

From a financial reporting perspective, the known and estimable effects of COVID-19 for the year ended 31 December 2021 have been recorded in the financial statements and remain relatively deeper than 2020, manifesting in reduced net income for the year. The pandemic caused market interest rates to maintain a downward trajectory, with the USD 6-month Libor experiencing a sustained dip since 2020. This sustained downward trend in market interest rates led to a noticeable reduction in the Bank’s interest income from loans and treasury investments and a much deeper reduction in interest expense, which helped preserve the net interest income for 31 December 2021. However, it is expected that global interest rates will rise in 2022 as central banks seek to control inflation. Also, the continued uncertainty in asset and liability prices resulted in significant net fair value losses on the trading portfolios, particularly borrowings at FVTPL. The expectation is that market volatility may continue in 2022.

On lending operations, the pandemic continues to cause deterioration in the credit risk of counterparties, especially for the NSO portfolio, because of the prolonged slowdown in business activities on their sales revenue and capacity to generate sufficient financial resources to repay obligations as they fall due. This is expected to persist until supply chains are restored.

The Bank will continue to take appropriate credit actions, apply overlay adjustments in estimating ECLs on its exposures, and monitor and report all the effects of COVID-19 in its financial statements as they become known and estimable.

Event after the Reporting Period

The financial statements are adjusted to reflect events that occurred between the balance sheet date and the date when the financial statements are authorized for issue, provided they give evidence of conditions that existed at the balance sheet date.

Events that are indicative of conditions that arose after the balance sheet date, but do not result in an adjustment of the financial

statements themselves, are disclosed.

Russia-Ukraine conflict

In February 2022, Russia invaded Ukraine and this invasion has triggered Europe’s largest refugee crises and significant disruption to prices in financial and other markets across the world. Although Russia and Ukraine are relatively small in output terms, they are large producers and exporters of key food items, minerals and energy. The war has negatively impacted the supply and price of wheat, and energy prices across the world. The war has also heightened inflationary pressures and could slow-down global economic growth.

As at 31 December 2021, the Russia-Ukraine war had no direct impact on the financial performance and financial position of the Bank. However, because of its potential impact on the volatility of the fair value of tradeable certain financial assets and financial liabilities, the war may affect the Bank’s 2022 financial results. As a result, the Bank will continue to monitor and report the impact of the war on its operations and financial results as they become estimable during the 2022 financial year.

The Effect of New and Amended IFRSs

A number of new or amended standards became effective for annual periods beginning after 1 January 2021 and beyond with earlier application permitted. The Bank did not early adopt any of the new or amended standards in preparing these financial statements.

 C: 
 59 
 

 

 

 

Changes in accounting policies

The accounting policies for the current year are consistent with those reported in the previous year except the changes to accounting policies and disclosures arising as follows;

 

New standards and amendments (including material explanation) applicable from 1 January 2021

1. Attributing bene t to periods of service (IAS 19 Employee Bene ts): In December 2020, the IFRS Interpretation Committee (IFRIC or the Committee) discussed a submission about the periods of service to which an entity attributes benefit for a particular defined benefit plan and issued a tentative Agenda Decision. At its April 2021 meeting, the Committee decided not to add the submission to its standard setting work plan but finalized an Agenda Decision that would include material explanations on how the applicable principles and requirements of IAS 19 should be applied in practice.

The Committee decided not to add the submission to its standard-setting work plan on the basis that the principles in IAS 19 provide an adequate basis for an entity to determine the periods of service to which retirement benefit is attributed in the submission. Please refer to Note O for further details and the impact of the Committee’s material explanation on the financial statements.

2. Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 1 (2020) and Phase 2 (2021): Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 – In response to the discontinuation of the Interbank Offered Rate (IBOR), the IASB issued amendments to IFRSs in two phases:

Phase 1 – These amendments provide temporary exceptions for specific hedge accounting requirements impacted by

uncertainties arising from the reform, applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020.

Phase 2 – These amendments relate to issues that could affect financial reporting when an IBOR is replaced with an alternative benchmark interest rate, impacting IBOR related financial assets, financial liabilities or lease liabilities, disclosures and hedging relationships that apply the hedge accounting requirements in IFRS 9 or IAS 39.

The amendment introduced a practical expedient that enables a company to account for a change in the contractual cash flows that are required by the IBOR reform by updating the effective interest rate to reflect the changes. Without these amendments, a gain or loss would have been recorded in the financial statements in line with existing IFRS 9 requirements on modification of terms of financial instruments. The Phase 2 amendments are applicable for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021. The Bank applied the phase 2 amendments for the year ended 31 December 2021 including disclosures related

to IBOR transitions. Please refer to Note C (Interest Rate Risk) for details of the impact on the financial statements.

3. COVID-19 Related Rent Concessions – Extension of practical expedient: In May 2020, the IASB issued COVID 19- Related Rent Concessions, which amended IFRS 16 Leases to provide lessees with an exemption from assessing whether a COVID- 19-related rent concession is a lease modification for payment originally due by 30 June 2021. Since lessors continue to grant COVID-19-related rent concessions to lessees and the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic are ongoing and significant, the IASB decided to extend the time period over which the practical expedient is applicable annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 April 2021. This amendment did not have any significant impacts on the Bank’s lease accounting as at 31 December 2021.

 

New standards and amendments applicable from 1 January 2022

The following standards and amendments had been issued but are mandatorily applicable for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022.

Onerous contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract: amendments to IAS 37 – These amendments are mandatorily applicable

for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022.

Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use: amendments to IAS 16. These amendments are

mandatorily applicable for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022.

Reference to Conceptual Framework – amendments to IFRS 3: These amendments are mandatorily applicable for annual

reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022.

Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018–2020: Applicable for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1

January 2022.

Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current – amendments to IAS 1: These amendments are mandatorily

applicable for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023.

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts and amendments: Annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023.
 C: 
 60 
 

 

NOTE C – Risk Management Policies and Procedures

In carrying out its development mandate, the Bank seeks to maximize its capacity to assume core business risks resulting from its lending and investing operations while at the same time minimizing its non-core business risks (market risk, counterparty risk, and operational risk) that are incidental but nevertheless unavoidable in the execution of its mandate.

Due to the upcoming discontinuation of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other Interbank Offered Rates (IBORs) by the end of 2021, interest rate financial risk management processes, systems and operations will be affected. As a result, the Bank commissioned a “LIBOR Transition Project” to assess the potential impacts of the changes arising from the discontinuation of LIBOR and other IBORs and implement changes required to ensure a fair and seamless transition to the recommended Alternative Risk Free Rates. The LIBOR Transition Project progressed as expected during the 2021 year and relevant disclosures have been provided in the financial statement. Refer to “Interest Rate Risk” section below for details of the Bank’s LIBOR Transition Project and the impact of the transition and amendments to IFRSs on the financial statements.

Risk Governance and Risk Appetite

The highest level of risk management oversight in the Bank is assured by the Board of Executive Directors, which is chaired by the President. The Board of Directors is committed to the highest standards of corporate governance. In addition to approving all risk management policies, the Board of Directors regularly reviews trends in the Bank’s risk profile and performance to ensure compliance with the underlying policies.

Four management level committees perform monitoring and oversight roles: The Asset and Liability Management Committee (ALCO), the Credit Risk Committee (CRC), the Operations Committee (OPSCOM) and the Operational Risk Management Committee (ORMC). The ALCO is the oversight and control organ of the Bank’s finance and treasury risk management activities. It is the Bank’s most senior management forum on finance and treasury risk management issues and is chaired by the Vice President for Finance.

The CRC, which is chaired by the Group Chief Risk Officer, ensures effective implementation of the Bank’s credit policies and oversees all credit risk issues related to sovereign and non-sovereign operations. OPSCOM is chaired by the Senior Vice President and reviews all operational activities before they are submitted to the Board of Directors for approval. The ORMC—which has two co-chairs; Vice President, CHVP and the Group Chief Risk Officer—is a committee of representative business units across the Bank. It exercises oversight over the ORMF implementation process and provides a forum to facilitate monitoring, discussing and deciding on issues with policy implications related to operational risk management.

It provides a forum to facilitate monitoring, discussing and deciding on issues with policy implications related to operational risk management. ORMC meets on quarterly basis and reports to Senior Management and subsequently to the Board of Directors (if necessary) on any significant operational risk issues that require top management attention.

The ALCO, CRC and OPSCOM meet on a regular basis to perform their respective oversight roles. Among other functions, the ALCO reviews regular and ad-hoc finance and treasury risk management reports and financial projections and approves proposed strategies to manage the Bank’s balance sheet. The CRC is responsible for end-to-end credit risk governance, credit assessments, portfolio monitoring and rating change approval, amongst other responsibilities. The ALCO and CRC are supported by several standing working groups that report on specific issues including country risk, non-sovereign credit risk, interest rate risk, currency risk, financial projections, and financial products and services.

The Group Chief Risk Officer, who reports directly to the President of the Bank, is charged with oversight over all credit, market and operational risk issues. However, the day-to-day operational responsibility for implementing the Bank’s financial and risk management policies and guidelines are delegated to the appropriate business units. The Financial Management Department and the office of the Group Chief Risk Officer are responsible for monitoring the day to-day compliance with those policies and guidelines.

The degree of risk the Bank is willing to assume to achieve its development mandate is limited by its risk-bearing capacity. This institutional risk appetite is embodied in the Bank’s risk appetite statement, which articulates its commitment to maintain a prudent risk profile consistent with the highest credit rating. The Bank allocates its risk capital between non-core risks (up to 10 percent), with sovereign and non-sovereign lending and investing operations. The capital allocation for non-sovereign operations is up to 45 percent of the Bank’s risk capital.

Policy Framework

The policies, processes and procedures by which the Bank manages its risk profile continually evolve in response to market, credit, product, and other developments. The guiding principles by which the Bank manages its risks are governed by the Bank’s Risk Appetite Statement, the Capital Adequacy Policy, the General Authority on Asset and Liability Management (the ALM Authority), the General Authority on the Bank’s Financial Products and Services (the FPS Authority) and the Bank’s Credit Policy and associated Credit Risk Management Guidelines.

 C: 
 61 
 

 

 

 

The ALM Authority is the overarching framework through which Management has been vested with the authority to manage the Bank’s financial assets and liabilities within defined parameters. The ALM Authority sets out the guiding principles for managing the Bank’s interest rate risk, currency exchange rate risk, liquidity risk, counterparty credit risk and operational risk. The ALM Authority covers the Bank’s entire array of ALM activities such as debt-funding operations and investment of liquid resources, including the interest rate and currency risk management aspects of the Bank’s lending and equity investment instruments.

The FPS Authority provides the framework under which the Bank develops and implements financial products and services for its borrowers and separate guidelines prescribe the rules governing the management of credit and operational risk for the Bank’s sovereign and non-sovereign loan, guarantee and equity investment portfolios.

Under the umbrella of the FPS Authority and the ALM Authority, the President is authorized to approve and amend more detailed operational guidelines as necessary, upon the recommendations of the Asset and Liability Management Committee (ALCO), the Credit Risk Committee (CRC) and the Operations Committee (OPSCOM).

The following sections describe in detail the manner in which the different sources of risk are managed by the Bank.

Credit Risk

Credit risk arises from the inability or unwillingness of counterparties to discharge their financial obligations. It is the potential for financial loss due to default of one or more debtors/obligors. Credit risk is by far the largest source of risk for the Bank arising essentially from its development lending and treasury operations.

The Bank manages three principal sources of credit risk: (i) sovereign credit risk in its public sector portfolio; (ii) non-sovereign credit risk in its portfolio of non-sovereign portfolio; and (iii) counterparty credit risk in its portfolio of treasury investments and derivative transactions used for asset and liability management purposes. These risks are managed within an integrated framework of credit policies, guidelines and processes, which are described in more detail in the sections that follow.

The Bank’s maximum exposure to credit risk before collateral received and other credit enhancements for 2021 and 2020 is as

follows:

(UA thousands)

Assets 2021 2020
Cash 3,303,139 2,332,185
Demand obligations 1,142 3,815
Treasury investments at fair value 3,518,204 3,339,940
Treasury investments at amortized cost 6,275,696 5,486,111
Derivative assets 825,944 1,544,549
Accrued income and charges receivable on loans 223,319 276,480
Other accounts receivable 954,910 314,293
Loans 20,102,393 20,845,824

 

1)Sovereign Credit Risk

When the Bank lends to the borrowers from its public sector window, it generally requires a full sovereign guarantee or the equivalent from the borrowing member state. In extending credit to sovereign entities, the Bank is exposed to country risk which includes potential losses arising from a country’s inability or unwillingness to service its obligations to the Bank.

The Bank manages country credit risk through its policies related to the quality at entry of project proposals, exposure management, including individual country exposures and overall creditworthiness of the concerned country. These include the assessment of the country’s risk profile as determined by its macroeconomic performance, debt sustainability, socio-political conditions, the conduciveness of its business environment and its payment track record with the Bank. The Bank also applies a sanctions policy that imposes severe restrictions on countries that fail to honor their obligation to the Bank.

 C: 
 62 
 

 

 

 

Country Exposure in Borrowing Member Countries

The Bank’s exposures as at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 from its lending activities to borrowing member countries as well as the private sector projects in those countries are summarized below:

Summary of loans as at 31 December 2021

Country No of loans Total Loans Unsigned Loan Amounts* Undisbursed Balance Outstanding Balance — Gross % of Total Outstanding Loans
Algeria 1 703,042 - - 703,042 3.40
Angola 8 1,359,963 - 524,129 835,834 4.05
Benin 3 187,235 - 186,018 1,217 0.01
Botswana 4 666,441 97,886 - 568,555 2.75
Burkina Faso 3 95,177 - 87,375 7,802 0.04
Cameroon 16 1,404,019 92,394 687,795 623,830 3.02
Cape Verde 14 203,754 - 15,623 188,131 0.91
Congo 5 359,789 - 101,559 258,230 1.25
Côte d’Ivoire 15 1,104,953 33,940 673,970 397,043 1.92
Democratic Republic of Congo 6 101,069 - - 101,069 0.49
Eswatini 11 304,981 151,945 60,905 92,131 0.45
Egypt 18 2,287,567 67,072 226,136 1,994,359 9.65
Equatorial Guinea 5 80,727 - 63,427 17,300 0.08
Ethiopia 2 128,395 - 74,325 54,070 0.26
Gabon 13 1,039,293 - 348,635 690,658 3.34
Kenya 14 1,368,132 - 705,673 662,459 3.21
Mauritius 7 377,537 - - 377,537 1.83
Morocco 66 4,251,844 213,755 931,859 3,106,230 15.03
Multinational 1 52,251 52,251 - - -
Namibia 12 1,030,960 - 204,655 826,305 4.00
Nigeria 14 1,924,731 353,103 440,988 1,130,640 5.47
Rwanda 6 481,340 - 289,871 191,469 0.93
Senegal 16 1,049,939 172,706 381,573 495,660 2.40
Seychelles 6 59,835 - 4,609 55,226 0.27
South Africa 10 1,533,421 61,136 147,512 1,324,773 6.41
Tanzania 8 859,762 - 633,357 226,405 1.10
Tunisia 40 2,764,825 84,001 569,356 2,111,468 10.22
Uganda 8 605,134 - 455,724 149,410 0.72
Zambia 10 371,096 - 171,726 199,370 0.96
Zimbabwe** 12 195,591 - - 195,591 0.95
Total Public Sector 354 26,952,803 1,380,189 7,986,800 17,585,814 85.11%
Total Private Sector 151 4,607,050 714,464 846,439 3,076,147 14.89%
Total 505 31,559,853 2,094,653 8,803,239 20,661,961 100.00%

* Excludes fully repaid loans and canceled loans. Trade finance and related guarantee exposures are also excluded.

** Countries in non-accrual status as at 31 December 2021 Slight differences may occur in totals due to rounding.

 C: 
 63 
 

 

 

As at 31 December 2020

(UA thousands)

 

Country No of loans Total Loans Unsigned Loan Amounts* Undisbursed Balance Outstanding Balance — Gross % of Total Outstanding Loans
Algeria 1 760,231 - - 760,231 3.56
Angola 8 1,381,118 - 537,996 843,122 3.95
Benin 3 195,717 - 195,595 122 -
Botswana 3 623,187 - - 623,187 2.92
Burkina Faso 3 99,489 - 94,052 5,437 0.03
Cameroon 15 1,378,458 136,504 655,895 586,059 2.75
Cape Verde 13 204,641 - 25,896 178,745 0.84
Congo 5 382,999 - 117,986 265,013 1.24
Côte d’Ivoire 12 1,054,022 - 729,797 324,225 1.52
Democratic Republic of Congo 6 170,179 - - 170,179 0.80
Eswatini 10 158,698 - 77,892 80,806 0.38
Egypt 16 2,185,834 91,228 238,127 1,856,479 8.71
Equatorial Guinea 5 86,392 - 68,673 17,719 0.08
Ethiopia 2 125,476 - 88,288 37,188 0.17
Gabon 13 1,063,078 - 344,816 718,262 3.37
Kenya 13 1,316,391 - 849,037 467,354 2.19
Mauritius 9 400,838 - - 400,838 1.88
Morocco 66 4,496,825 368,222 829,243 3,299,360 15.47
Namibia 12 1,007,900 - 244,237 763,663 3.58
Nigeria 11 1,576,534 - 464,748 1,111,786 5.21
Rwanda 6 493,798 102,633 205,329 185,836 0.87
Senegal 13 868,884 - 485,891 382,993 1.80
Seychelles 5 47,566 - 5,937 41,629 0.20
South Africa 9 1,625,006 - 198,495 1,426,511 6.69
Sudan**+ 4 55,139 - - 55,139 0.26
Tanzania 8 846,546 83,318 604,187 159,041 0.75
Tunisia 39 2,889,863 - 628,836 2,261,027 10.60
Uganda 8 594,526 314,849 161,221 118,456 0.56
Zambia 10 367,553 - 212,637 154,916 0.73
Zimbabwe** 12 190,067 - - 190,067 0.89
Total Public Sector 340 26,646,955 1,096,754 8,064,811 17,485,390 81.99%
Total Private Sector 163 5,286,096 531,158 914,185 3,840,752 18.01%
Total 503 31,933,051 1,627,912 8,978,996 21,326,142 100.00%

 

 

* Excludes fully repaid loans and canceled loans. Trade finance and repayment guarantee related exposures are also excluded.

** Countries in non-accrual status as at 31 December 2020.

+ The outcome of the referendum conducted in South Sudan in January 2011 supported the creation of an independent state of South Sudan. After the split of the state of Sudan into two separate nations became effective in July 2011, the number and amounts of loans shown against Sudan in this statement would be split between the emerging states, on a basis agreed upon following the ongoing negotiations between Sudan and South Sudan. At the end of December 2020, no decision had been taken by the states of Sudan and South Sudan regarding the terms and conditions of such exchange.

Slight differences may occur in totals due to rounding.

 C: 
 64 
 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Optimization Initiatives

Since 2018, in line with G20 calls to Multilateral Development Banks (MDBs) to optimize their balance sheets while mobilizing additional financial resources, the Bank has implemented Balance Sheet Optimization (BSO) initiatives aimed at (i) reducing concentration risk on the Bank’s sovereign and non-sovereign loan and guarantee portfolios; (ii) diversifying and crowding in investors into development finance and (iii) increasing the institution’s lending headroom. These initiatives involve the purchase of credit protection on defined sovereign and non-sovereign exposures, through Exposure Exchange Agreements (EEA), credit insurance and guarantee transactions, among other structures.

Since inception, BSO has become a valuable tool for recycling lending headroom to facilitate the Bank’s counter cyclical lending role especially during the pandemic which hit the globe towards the end of 2019, continued into 2022, with no end in sight. The mainstreaming of BSO within the operations of the Bank was strengthened by the approval of the BSO Framework by the Board of Directors in June 2020.

Balance Sheet Optimization Initiatives – Sovereign

In this section, BSO initiatives transacted for the benefit of sovereign obligors are discussed. Other similar transactions impacting non-sovereign credit exposures are described under Non-Sovereign Credit Risk.

Exposure Exchange Agreement

The Exposure Exchange Agreement (EEA) was the first sovereign BSO transaction completed by the Bank, as part of efforts at the time to reduce sovereign concentration risk and increase lending headroom. Concluded in 2015, it involves an EEA between the African Development Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank (IADB) and the World Bank (IBRD), all AAA-rated entities.

An EEA involves a simultaneous exchange of equivalent credit risk on defined reference portfolios of sovereign exposures, subject to each participating MDB retaining a minimum of 50 percent of the total exposure to each country that is part of the EEA. The EEA has a final maturity in 2030 with linear annual reduction of the notional amounts starting from 2025.

Under the EEA, the MDB that originates the sovereign loans and buys protection continues to be the lender of record. An exposure exchange in no way affects the application of the normal sovereign sanctions policies by the buyer of protection. Purchased or sold credit protection pays out only upon the occurrence of certain credit events with respect to any sovereign borrower in the reference portfolio.

 

When the default event is resolved, payments made under an exposure exchange are returned to the seller of protection.

The Bank accounts for exposures arising from the EEAs and similar transactions as financial guarantee contracts, in accordance with IFRS 9, as described in Note B.

The counterparty credit exposure that can arise from the purchase or sale of protection, under the MDB exposure exchange, is limited given the AAA credit ratings of the Bank’s counterparties.

 

The table below presents the countries and notional amounts of credit protection contracted under the EEA;

(USD millions)

Protection Purchased Protection Sold
World Bank Inter-American
Development
Bank
World Bank Inter-American Development Bank
Angola 213.71 Angola 85.00 Albania 126.00 Argentina 750.00
Botswana 225.00 Egypt 720.00 China 128.18 Brazil 820.00
Gabon 150.00 Morocco 990.00 India 450.00 Ecuador 303.20
Namibia 49.00 Nigeria 95.00 Indonesia 475.32 Mexico 800.00
Nigeria 100.00 Tunisia 990.00 Jordan 13.00 Panama 206.80
South Africa 850.00     Pakistan 10.21    
        Romania 185.00    
        Turkey 200.00    
TOTAL 1,587.71 TOTAL 2,880.00 TOTAL 1,587.71 TOTAL 2,880.00

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 65 
 

 

 

 

Credit Insurance

Other than the EEA described above, the Bank has also purchased credit insurance protection of EUR 128 million on a EUR 470 million Partial Credit Guarantee (PCG) that covers the obligations of one of its sovereign borrowers. No default events have occurred on any sovereign exposures covered (either for the counterparties for which credit protection was purchased or sold) under the exposure exchanges or the credit insurance transaction, as of December 31, 2021. The Bank continues to expect full recovery of its sovereign and sovereign- guaranteed exposures covered. As of 31 December 2021, the total notional amount of credit protection, including insurance, purchased and or sold, on the relevant underlying single reference sovereign entities stood at UA 3.2 billion as no new credit protections had been purchased during the 2021 financial year.

Systematic Credit Risk Assessment

The foundation of the Bank’s credit risk management is a systematic credit risk assessment framework that builds on scoring, models and their associated risk factors that have been optimized for the predictive power of the rating parameters and to better align with widely-used rating scales. The Bank measures credit risk using a 22 grade rating scale that is calibrated against probabilities of default using the master rating scale developed for the Global Emerging Markets (GEMs) consortium.

The credit ratings at the sovereign level are derived from an assessment of five risk indices covering macroeconomic performance, debt sustainability, socio-political factors, business environment and the Bank’s portfolio performance. These five risk indices are combined to derive a composite country risk index for both sovereign and non-sovereign portfolios. The country risk ratings are validated against the average country risk ratings from different international rating agencies and other specialized international organizations. The CRC reviews the country ratings on a quarterly basis to ensure that they reflect the expected risk profiles of the countries. The CRC also assesses whether the countries are in compliance with their country exposure limits and approves changes in loss provisioning, if required.

The following table presents the Bank’s internal measurement scales compared with the international rating scales:

    International Ratings  
Risk class Revised Rating Scale Assessment S&P — Fitch Moody’s Assessment
Very Low Risk 1+ A+ and above A1 and above Excellent
1 A A2
1- A- A3
2+ BBB+ Baa1 Strong
2 BBB Baa2
2- BBB- Baa3
Low Risk 3+ BB+ Ba1 Good
3 BB Ba2
3- BB- Ba3
Moderate Risk 4+ B+ B1 Satisfactory
4 B B2
4-    
5+ B- B3 Acceptable
5
High Risk 5- CCC+ Caa1 Marginal
6+
6 CCC Caa2 Special attention
6-
Very High Risk 7 CCC- Caa3 Substandard
8
9 CC Ca Doubtful
10 C C Loss

 

 C: 
 66 
 

 

 

 

Portfolio Risk Monitoring

The weighted average risk rating of the Bank’s sovereign and sovereign-guaranteed portfolio was 3.37 at the end of December 31, 2021, compared with 3.17 as of 31 December 2020.

 

  Risk Profile of Outstanding Sovereign-Guaranteed Loan Portfolio
  Very Low Risk Low Risk Moderate Risk High Risk Very High Risk
2021 34% 18% 39% 8% 1%
2020 39% 18% 31% 11% 1%
2019 47% 27% 22% 2% 2%
2018 51% 26% 20% 3%
2017 55% 23% 19% 3%

 

 

It is the Bank’s policy that if the payment of principal, interest or other charges with respect to any Bank Group sovereign guaranteed credit becomes 30 days overdue, no new loans to that member country, or to any public sector borrower in that country, will be presented to the Board of Directors for approval, nor will any previously approved loan be signed, until all arrears are cleared. Furthermore, for such countries, disbursements on all loans to or guaranteed by that member country are suspended until all overdue amounts have been paid. These countries also become ineligible in the subsequent billing period for a waiver of 0.5 percent on the commitment fees charged on qualifying undisbursed loans.

Although the Bank benefits from the advantages of its preferred creditor status and rigorously monitors the exposure on non- performing sovereign borrowers, some countries have experienced difficulties in servicing their debts to the Bank on a timely basis. As previously described, the Bank makes provisions for impairment on its sovereign loan portfolio commensurate with the assessment of the new IFRS-9 provisioning standards in such portfolio.

To cover potential losses related to credit, the Bank maintains a prudent risk capital cushion for credit risks. The Bank’s capital adequacy policy articulates differentiated risk capital requirements for public sector and private sector credit-sensitive assets (loans and equity investments), as well as for contingent liabilities (guarantees and client risk management products) in each risk class.

Risk capital requirements are generally higher for private sector operations which have a higher probability of default and loss- given default than public sector operations. At the end of December 2021, the Bank’s sovereign loan and guarantee portfolio used up to 60 percent of the Bank’s total risk capital based on the Bank’s capital adequacy framework. The Bank defines risk capital as the sum of paid-in capital net of exchange adjustments, plus accumulated reserves adjusted by the gain on financial assets at FVOCI, unrealized loss/gain on fair-valued borrowings arising from “own credit” and any shortfall of the stock of provisions to expected losses. Callable capital is not included in the computation of risk capital.

 

2)Non-Sovereign Credit Risk

When the Bank lends to its borrowers from the private sector, it does not benefit from full sovereign guarantees. The Bank may also provide financing to creditworthy commercially oriented entities that are publicly owned, without a sovereign guarantee.

To measure the credit risk of non-sovereign projects or facilities, the Bank uses several models to score the risk of every project at entry. These models are tailored to the specific characteristics and nature of the transactions and the outputs are mapped to the Bank’s credit risk rating scale.

The Bank is also exposed to some of its borrowers on account of trade finance and repayment guarantees for an amount of UA 537.9 million (31 December 2020: UA 740.38 million) of which UA 93.19 million (31 December 2020: UA 45.42 million) is related to trade finance as at 31 December 2021.

 C: 
 67 
 

 

 

 

Non-sovereign transactions are grouped into the following four main categories: project finance; corporate finance; financial institutions and private equity funds. The weighted-average risk rating was 4.65 at the end of December 2021 compared with

4.17 at the end of 2020. The distribution of the non-sovereign portfolio across the Bank’s five credit risk classes is shown in the

table below.

  Risk Profile of Outstanding Non-Sovereign Loan and Equity Portfolio
  Very Low Risk Low Risk Moderate Risk High Risk Very High Risk
2021 9% 19% 43% 12% 17%
2020 17% 21% 36% 15% 11%
2019 18% 22% 41% 12% 7%
2018 21% 22% 38% 15% 4%
2017 18% 23% 43% 14% 2%

 

To cover potential unexpected credit-related losses due to extreme and unpredictable events, the Bank maintains a risk capital cushion for non-sovereign credit risks derived from the Bank’s Economic Capital Policy (Internal Rating Based – (IRB)).

At the end of December 2021, the Bank’s non-sovereign portfolio required as risk capital approximately 18 percent of the Bank’s total on-balance sheet risk capital sources. This level is below the limit of 45 percent for total non-sovereign operations. Out of the Bank’s non-sovereign portfolio, equity participations required as risk capital, approximately 11.5 percent of the Bank’s total on-balance sheet risk capital sources. This is below the internal limit of 15 percent established by the Board of Governors for equity participations.

Credit Exposure Limits

The Bank operates a system of exposure limits to ensure an adequately diversified portfolio at any given point in time. The Bank manages credit risk at the global country exposure limit (combined sovereign-guaranteed and non-sovereign portfolios) by ensuring that in aggregate, the total risk capital utilization of any country does not exceed 15 percent of the Bank’s total risk capital. This threshold and other determinants of country limit are articulated in the Bank’s capital adequacy framework.

The credit exposure on the non-sovereign portfolio is further managed by regularly monitoring the exposure limit with regard to the specific industry/sectors, equity investments and single obligor. In addition, the Bank generally requires a range of collateral (security and/or guarantees) from project sponsors to partially mitigate the credit risk for direct private sector loans.

Balance Sheet Optimization Initiatives – Non-Sovereign

As in the case of sovereign credit exposures, the Bank has entered into BSO initiatives covering its non-sovereign loan and guarantee portfolio aimed at (i) reducing credit risk, (ii) addressing concentration and other prudential ratio limits and (iii) and increasing lending headroom. These initiatives involve, among other structured finance facilities, assets sell downs, credit insurance, financial guarantees and, synthetic securitization transactions, on defined non-sovereign exposures. Under the BSO credit protection purchased on its non-sovereign credit exposures, the Bank will be compensated for losses arising from credit default by the counterparty in the reference non-sovereign portfolio. As the originator of the qualifying transactions and protection buyer, the Bank remains the lender of record. In line with the substance, the transactions are accounted for as financial guarantee contracts.

Specific BSO initiatives undertaken by the Bank covering its non-sovereign obligors are described below.

Private Sector Credit Enhancement Facility

The Bank enters into risk participation agreements for the primary purpose of promoting Private Sector Operations (PSOs) in certain countries by inviting other entities to participate in the risks of such PSOs. The PSF is one of such initiatives.

The Private Sector Credit Enhancement Facility (PSF) was established in 2015, as an independent special purpose vehicle managed by the African Development Fund, to absorb risk on selected non-sovereign loans issued by the Bank in low-income countries at origination. The PSF is operated to maintain a risk profile equivalent to an investment-grade rating and absorbs risk using a risk participation agreement structure. The Bank has purchased credit enhancement from the PSF for some of its non-sovereign loans. As at 31 December 2021, the notional amounts of non-sovereign loans covered by the PSF stood at UA 275.86 million (31 December 2020: UA 289.38 million).

 C: 
 68 
 

 

 

 

Synthetic Securitization and Credit Insurance

These BSO initiatives include the purchase of credit protection for the Bank through synthetic securitization and credit insurance and guarantees amounted to UA 1.14 billion (31 December 2020: UA 1.1 billion).

On 2 December 2021, the Affirmative Financing Action for Women in Africa (AFAWA) Risk Sharing Mechanism (RSM) became fully operational and effective both on the side of the risk participation agreement (RPA) counter guarantee from France and the Netherlands and the Bank’s Partial Credit Guarantee (PCG) to the African Guarantee Fund (AGF), the initiative’s implementation partner for Phase I. This means that guarantee transactions booked by AGF in support of commercial bank lending to female- led entrepreneurs will be eligible for coverage by the Bank and that the expected leverage impact towards mobilizing up to USD 2 billion in lending is fully operationalized. The impact of this new non-sovereign securitization BSO will be reflected in the Bank’s financial statements for 2022.

Non-Sovereign Pipeline BSO

In 2021, on the sidelines of the Conference of the Parties (COP) 26 event, the intent of the Room 2 Run Sovereign (R2R-S) transaction with the United Kingdom’s Foreign Commonwealth and Development Office (FCDO) and Africa Trade Insurance (ATI) was announced. The objective of the structure is to support additional on-lending of up to USD 1.8 billion towards climate relevant transactions, while attracting the participation of the London-based Lloyd’s market to risk participate in ADB’s sovereign loan portfolio. The parties are working towards finalizing the structure during 2022.

In October 2021, the Mozambique LNG transaction credit insurance transaction was approved by the Board of Directors. This private sector credit insurance shall cover a portion of the Bank’s USD 400 million debt facility to the Mozambique LNG Project, approved in 4Q2019. Two insurers rated AA- and A- will cumulatively take on a total exposure of USD 120 million, which represents 30 percent insurance cover on the transaction, thereby helping to unlock up to USD 113 million in additional lending capacity towards non-sovereign transactions.

The overall total notional BSOs outstanding on all relevant underlying single non-sovereign reference entities stood at UA 1.42 billion as at 31 December 2021 (31 December 2020: UA 1.4 billion) as no new credit protections became operational during the 2021 financial year.

Under the BSO credit protection purchased on its non-sovereign credit exposures, the Bank will be compensated for losses arising from credit default by the counterparty in the reference non-sovereign portfolio.

As the originator of the qualifying transactions and protection buyer, the Bank remains the lender of record. In line with the substance of the transactions, BSOs are accounted for as financial guarantee contracts in the financial statements of the Bank.

 

3)     Counterparty Credit Risk

In the normal course of business, and beyond its development related exposures, the Bank utilizes various financial instruments to meet the needs of its borrowers, manage its exposure to fluctuations in market interest and currency rates, and to temporarily invest its liquid resources prior to disbursement. All of these financial instruments involve, to varying degrees, the risk that the counterparty to the transaction may be unable to meet its obligation to the Bank. Given the nature of the Bank’s business, it is not possible to completely eliminate counterparty credit risk. However, the Bank minimizes this risk by executing hedging transactions within a prudential framework of approved counterparties, minimum credit rating standards, counterparty

exposure limits, and counterparty credit risk mitigation measures.

Counterparties must meet the Bank’s minimum credit rating requirements and are approved by the Bank’s Vice President for Finance. For local currency operations, less stringent minimum credit rating limits are permitted in order to provide adequate availability of investment opportunities and derivative counterparties for implementing appropriate risk management strategies. The ALCO approves counterparties that are rated below the minimum rating requirements.

Counterparties are classified as investment counterparties, derivative counterparties, and trading counterparties. Their ratings

are closely monitored for compliance with established criteria.

For trading counterparties, the Bank requires a minimum short-term credit rating of -A-2/P-2/F-2 for trades settled under delivery versus payment (DVP) terms and a minimum long-term credit rating of A/A2 for non-DVP-based transactions.

 C: 
 69 
 

 

 

 

The following table details the minimum credit ratings for authorized investment counterparties:

  Maturity
  6 months 1 year 5 years 10 years 15 years 30 years
    A/A2     AA-/Aa3 AAA/Aaa
Government Maximum remaining maturity of 5 years in the trading portfolios and 10 years in the held at amortized cost portfolio for SDR denominated securities rated A+/A1 or below
Government agencies and supranationalte   A/A2     AA-/Aa3 AAA/Aaa
Banks A/A2   AA-/Aa3 AAA/Aaa    
Corporations including non-bank financial institutions A/A2   AA-/Aa3 AAA/Aaa    
Mortgage-Backed Securities (MBS)/ Asset Backed Securities (ABS) AAA
Maximum legal maturity of 50 years. Also, the maximum weighted average life for all ABS/MBS at the time of acquisition shall not exceed 5 years.

 

The Bank may also invest in money market mutual funds with a minimum rating of AA-/Aa3 and enter into collateralized securities

repurchase agreements.

The Bank uses derivatives in the management of its borrowing portfolio and for asset and liability management purposes. As a rule, the Bank executes an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) master agreement and netting agreement with its derivative counterparties prior to undertaking any transactions. Derivative counterparties are required to be rated AA-/ Aa3 or above by at least two approved rating agencies or at least A-/A3 for counterparties with whom the Bank has entered into a collateral exchange agreement. Lower rated counterparties may be used exceptionally for local currency transactions. These counterparties require ALCO approval. Approved transactions with derivative counterparties include swaps, forwards, options and other over-the-counter derivatives.

Daily collateral exchanges enable the Bank to maintain net exposures to acceptable levels. The Bank’s derivative exposures and their credit rating profiles are shown in the tables below:

(Amounts in UA millions)

  Derivatives Credit Risk Profile of Net Exposure
  Notional Amount Fair Value* Net Exposure** AAA AA+ to AA- A+ and lower
2021 38,502 295 28 1% 99%
2020 29,804 884 115 1% 99%
2019 27,837 593 84 11% 89%
2018 27,399 213 52 16% 84%
2017 12,018 198 27 48% 52%

* Fair value before collateral.

** After collateral received in cash or securities.

 C: 
 70 
 

 

 

 

In addition to the minimum rating requirements for derivative counterparties, the Bank operates within a framework of exposure limits to different counterparties based on their credit rating and size, subject to a maximum of 12 percent of the Bank’s total risk capital (equity and reserves) for any single counterparty. Individual counterparty credit exposures are aggregated across all instruments using the Bank for International Settlements (BIS) potential future exposure methodology and monitored regularly against the Bank’s credit limits after considering the benefits of any collateral.

The financial assets and liabilities that are subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangement are summarized below:

Financial Assets Subject to Offsetting, Enforceable Master Netting Arrangements and Similar Agreements

(UA millions)

 

        Related Amounts not Set Off in the Statement of Financial Position  
  Gross Amounts of Recognized Financial Assets Gross Amounts of Recognized Financial Liabilities Set Off in the Balance Sheet Net Amounts of Financial Assets Presented in the Balance Sheet Financial Instruments Collateral Received Net Amount
2021 526 (280) 246 (347) (101)
2020 1,474 (590) 884 (849) 35
2019 1,057 (521) 536 (576) (40)
2018 390 (177) 213 213
2017 402 (204) 198 191 7

 

Financial Liabilities Subject to Offsetting, Enforceable Master Netting Arrangements and Similar Agreements

(UA millions)

 

        Related Amounts not Set Off in the Statement of Financial Position  
  Gross Amounts of Recognized Financial Liabilities Gross Amounts of Recognized Financial Liabilities Set Off in the Balance Sheet Net Amounts of Financial Assets Presented in the Balance Sheet Financial Instruments Cash Collateral Received Net Amount
2021 661 (279) 382 382
2020 145 (41) 104 104
2019 225 (29) 196 196
2018 941 (384) 557 557
2017 1,027 (477) 550 550

 

The credit exposure of the investment and related derivative portfolio continues to be dominated by highly rated counterparties as shown in the table below.

 

  Credit Risk Profile of the Investment Portfolio
  AAA AA+ to AA- A+ and lower
2021 51% 36% 13%
2020 54% 36% 10%
2019 50% 38% 12%
2018 49% 41% 10%
2017 53% 39% 8%

 

 

To cover potential unexpected credit losses due to extreme and unpredictable events, the Bank maintains a conservative risk capital cushion for counterparty credit.

At the end of December 2021, the capital consumption attributable to the Bank’s counterparty credit portfolio including all investments and derivative instruments stood at 2.5 percent of the Bank’s total risk capital.

 C: 
 71 
 

 

 

 

Expected Credit Risk

Definition of default

The definition of default for the purpose of determining ECLs considers indicators that the debtor is unlikely to pay its material credit obligation to the Bank which is past due for more than 90 days for non-sovereign counterparties and 180 days for sovereign counterparties.

The Bank rebuts the IFRS 9’s 90 days past due rebuttable presumption in the Bank’s sovereign loan portfolio because the Sanction policy of the Bank defines a non-accrual loan or non-performing loan as a loan that is at least 180 days past due. This is also the current practice in other Multilateral Development Banks. The recovery rate for loans that are less than 180 days past due is much higher than loans that are at least 180 days past due.

The Bank considers default from the standpoint that the obligor is unlikely to pay its credit obligations to the Bank without recourse by the Bank to actions such as realizing security.

Credit Risk Grades

The Bank allocates each exposure to a credit risk grade based on a variety of data that is determined to be predictive of the risk of default and applying experienced credit judgment. Credit risk grades are defined using qualitative and quantitative factors that are indicative of risk of default. These factors vary depending on the nature of the exposure and the type of borrower.

Each exposure is allocated to a credit risk grade at initial recognition based on available information about the borrower. Exposures are subject to ongoing monitoring, which may result in an exposure being moved to a different credit risk grade. The monitoring of the respective exposures involves the use of the following:

Actual and expected significant changes in the political, regulatory and technological environment of the borrower or

in its business activities.

Data from credit reference agencies, press articles and changes in external credit ratings.

Modifications of financial assets and financial liabilities

The contractual terms of a loan may be modified for a number of reasons, including changing market conditions, customer retention and other factors not related to a current or potential credit deterioration of the customer. An existing loan whose terms have been modified may be derecognized and the renegotiated loan recognized as a new loan at fair value in accordance with the Bank’s accounting policy. When the terms of a financial asset are modified, and the modification does not result in derecognition, the determination of whether the assets credit risk has increased is based on applicable criteria at the reporting date.

If the terms of a financial asset are modified, the Bank considers whether the cash flows arising from the modified asset are substantially different. If it is substantially different, then the contractual rights to cash flows from the original financial asset are deemed to have expired. In this instance, a new financial asset is recognized at fair value while the original financial asset is derecognized. If the cash flows of the modified asset are not substantially different, then the modification does not result in derecognition of the financial asset. In this case, the Bank recognizes a modification gain/loss in the statement of profit or loss as the difference between the gross carrying amount prior to the modification and the gross carrying amount.

 

Measurement and recognition of expected credit loss

ECLs are calculated by multiplying three main components, being the probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and exposure at default (EAD), discounted at the appropriate effective interest rate (EIR) on the reporting date.

These parameters are generally derived from internally developed statistical models and other historical data. They are adjusted

to reflect forward-looking information as described above.

PD estimates are estimates at a certain date, which are calculated based on statistical rating models, and assessed using rating tools tailored to the various categories of counterparties and exposures. These statistical models are based on internally compiled data comprising both quantitative and qualitative factors. Where it is available, market data may also be used to derive the PD for large corporate counterparties. If a counterparty or exposure migrates between ratings classes, then this will lead to a change in the estimate of the associated PD.

LGD is the magnitude of the likely loss if there is a default. The Bank estimates LGD parameters based on the history of recovery rates of claims against defaulted counterparties. The LGD models consider the structure, collateral, seniority of the claim, counterparty industry and recovery costs of any collateral that is integral to the financial asset. LGD estimates are recalibrated for different economic scenarios to reflect possible changes in relevant prices. They are calculated on a discounted cash flow basis using the effective interest rate as the discounting factor.

 C: 
 72 
 

 

 

 

EAD represents the expected exposure in the event of a default. The Bank derives the EAD from the current exposure to the counterparty and potential changes to the current amount allowed under the contract including amortization. The EAD of a financial asset is its gross carrying amount. For financial guarantees, the EAD includes the amount drawn, as well as potential future amounts that may be drawn under the contract, which are estimated based on historical observations and forward-looking forecasts. For some financial assets, EAD is determined by modeling the range of possible exposure outcomes at various points in time using scenario and statistical techniques.

As described above, and subject to using a maximum of a 12-month PD for financial assets for which credit risk has not significantly increased, the Bank measures ECL considering the risk of default over the maximum contractual period (including any borrowers extension options) over which it is exposed to credit risk, even if, for risk management purposes, the Bank considers a longer period. The maximum contractual period extends to the date at which the Bank has the right to require repayment of an advance or terminate a loan commitment or guarantee.

Where modelling of a parameter is carried out on a collective basis, the financial instruments are grouped on the basis of shared risk characteristics that include:

Instrument type
Credit risk grading
Date of initial recognition
Remaining term to maturity
Industry
Geographic location of the borrower

The groupings are subject to regular review to ensure that exposures within a particular group remain appropriately homogeneous. For portfolios in respect of which the Bank has limited historical data, external benchmark information is used to supplement the internally available data.

Assessment of significant increase in credit risk

When determining whether the risk of default has increased significantly since initial recognition, the Bank considers both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis based on the Bank’s historical experience and expert credit risk assessment, including forward looking information that is available without undue cost or effort.

Despite the foregoing, the Bank assumes that the credit risk on a financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition if the financial instrument is determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date. The Bank considers a financial asset to have low credit risk when it has an internal or external credit rating of BB- equivalent or better.

For financial guarantee contracts, the date that the Bank becomes a party to the irrevocable commitment is considered to be the date of initial recognition for the purposes of assessing the financial instrument for impairment. In assessing whether there has been a significant increase in the credit risk since initial recognition of a financial guarantee contract, the Bank considers the changes in the risk that the specified debtor will default on the contract.

The Bank regularly monitors the effectiveness of the criteria used to identify whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk and revises them as appropriate to ensure that the criteria are capable of identifying significant increase in credit risk before the amount becomes past due.

Incorporation of forward-looking information

The Bank’s Credit Risk Committee considers a range of relevant forward-looking macro-economic scenarios assumptions for the determination of unbiased general industry adjustments and any related specific industry adjustments that support the calculation of ECLs. The Committee consists of senior executives from risk, finance and economics functions. Relevant regional and industry specific adjustments are applied to capture variations from general industry scenarios. These reflect reasonable and supportable forecasts of future macroeconomic conditions that are not captured within the base ECL calculations. Macro-economic factors taken into consideration include, but are not limited to gross domestic product, gross capital formation, government’s revenue, government’s debts, current account balance and lending rates. These require an evaluation of both the current and forecast direction of the macro-economic cycle.

Incorporating forward-looking information increases the degree of judgement required as to how changes in these macro- economic factors will affect ECLs. The methodologies and assumptions including any forecasts of future economic conditions are reviewed regularly.

 C: 
 73 
 

 

 

 

Calculation of expected credit loss

The Bank calculates ECLs based on three probability-weighted macroeconomic scenarios. The three scenarios are: base case, optimistic and pessimistic. Each of these is associated with different probability of default parameters and different weight.

These parameters are generally derived from internally developed statistical models combined with historical, current and forward-looking macro-economic data.

For accounting purposes, the 12-month and lifetime PD used are the point-in-time forward-looking probability of a default over the next 12 months and remaining lifetime of the financial instrument, respectively, based on conditions existing at the balance sheet date and future economic conditions under different macroeconomic scenario that affect credit risk. The LGD represents expected loss conditional on default, taking into account the mitigating effect of collateral, its expected value when realized and the time value of money. The EAD represents the expected exposure at default, taking into account the repayment of principal and interest from the balance sheet date to the default event together with any expected drawdown of a facility. The 12-month ECL is equal to the discounted sum over the next 12 months of the marginal PD multiplied by the LGD and EAD. Lifetime ECL is calculated using the discounted sum of marginal PD over the full remaining life multiplied by the LGD and EAD.

The Bank will continue to assess and update the parameters used in the ECL model on an ongoing basis to reflect its loss and recovery experiences and changes in the macroeconomic variables.

Amounts arising from expected credit losses

IFRS 9 requires the recognition of 12-month expected credit losses (the portion of lifetime expected credit losses from default events that are expected within 12 months of the reporting date) if credit risk has not significantly increased since initial recognition (stage 1), and lifetime expected credit losses for financial instruments for which the credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition (stage 2) or which are credit impaired (stage 3).

Impairment of Financial Instruments by Stage

The table below presents a breakdown of impairment allowance based on stage allocation and asset classification as at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020.

 

 

Table 1.1: Impairment on loans and other debt instruments measured at amortized cost by stage

 

As at 31 December 2021

(UA thousands)

  Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Loan at amortized cost 76,803 49,555 433,210 559,568
Interest receivables 1,839 2,437 292,821 297,097
Treasury investments 298 298
Guarantees 1,304 72 1,376
Total impairment as at 31 December 2021 80,244 52,064 726,031 858,339

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2020

(UA thousands)

  Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Loan at amortized cost 97,415 66,923 333,075 497,413
Interest receivables 3,961 1,904 328,418 334,283
Treasury investments 233 233
Guarantees 1,212 1,212
Total impairment as at 31 December 2020 102,821 68,827 661,493 833,141

 

 

 

 

 C: 
 74 
 

 

 

 

The table below presents an analysis of loans – sovereign and non-sovereign – at amortized cost by gross exposure, impairment allowance and coverage ratio at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020.

 

Table 1.2: Analysis of loans at amortized cost, impairments and ECL coverage ratio1

As at 31 December 2021

(UA million)

  Gross exposure Impairment allowance
  Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Loan Principal 18,500 1,474 688 20,662 76.80 49.56 433.21 559.57
Non-Sovereign 2,118 466 492 3,076 33.17 27.75 359.77 420.69
Sovereign 16,382 1,008 196 17,586 43.63 21.81 73.44 138.88
Interest receivables 104 15 369 488 1.84 2.43 292.82 297.09
Non-Sovereign 27 7 53 87 1.15 1.37 56.14 58.66
Sovereign 77 8 316 401 0.69 1.06 236.68 238.43
Total Loans 18,604 1,489 1,057 21,150 78.64 51.99 726.03 856.66
Guarantees 537 0.69 538 1.30 0.07 1.37
Non-Sovereign 93 0.69 94 0.89 0.07 0.96
Sovereign 444 444 0.41 0.41
Treasury Investments 6,182 6,182 0.30 0.30
31 December 2021 25,323 1,490 1,057 27,870 80.24 52.06 726.03 858.34

 

Slight differences may occur in totals due to rounding.

 

  ECL coverage ratios
  Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Loan Principal 0.42% 3.36% 62.97% 2.71%
Non-Sovereign 1.57% 5.95% 73.12% 13.68%
Sovereign 0.27% 2.16% 37.47% 0.79%
Interest receivables 1.77% 16.20% 79.36% 60.88%
Non-Sovereign 4.26% 19.57% 105.92% 67.43%
Sovereign 0.90% 13.25% 74.90% 59.46%
Total Loans 0.42% 3.49% 68.69% 4.05%
Guarantees 0.24% 10.14% 0.25%
Non-Sovereign 0.96% 10.14% 1.02%
Sovereign 0.09% 0.09%
Treasury Investments
Total coverage ratio 0.32% 3.49% 68.69% 3.08%

 

Slight differences may occur in totals due to rounding.

  

1ECL Coverage ratio shows the impairment allowance (ECL) in each stage as a proportion of gross exposure in each stage.
 C: 
 75 
 

 

 

As at 31 December 2020

(UA million)

  Gross exposure Impairment allowance
  Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Loan Principal 19,812 927 588 21,326 97.42 66.92 333.07 497.41
Non-Sovereign 2,710 772 343 3,824 36.49 54.59 240.89 331.97
Sovereign 17,102 155 245 17,502 60.93 12.33 92.18 165.44
Interest receivables 128 7 429 564 3.96 1.90 328.42 334.28
Non-Sovereign 32 6 38 77 1.42 1.83 35.56 38.81
Sovereign 96 1 390 487 2.54 0.07 292.86 295.47
Total Loans 19,940 934 1,016 21,890 101.38 68.83 661.49 831.70
Guarantees 725 725 1.21 1.21
Non-Sovereign 29 29 0.32 0.32
Sovereign 697 697 0.89 0.89
Treasury Investments 5,381 5,381 0.23 0.23
31 December 2020 26,046 934 1,016 27,996 102.82 68.83 661.49 833.14

Slight differences may occur in totals due to rounding.

 

 

  ECL coverage ratios
  Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Loan Principal 0.49% 7.22% 56.66% 2.33%
Non-Sovereign 1.35% 7.07% 70.30% 8.68%
Sovereign 0.36% 7.95% 0.00% 0.95%
Interest receivables 3.09% 27.14% 76.55% 59.27%
Non-Sovereign 4.44% 30.50% 93.75% 50.39%
Sovereign 2.65% 7.00% 74.97% 60.66%
Total Loans 0.51% 7.37% 65.11% 3.80%
Guarantees 0.17% 0.17%
Non-Sovereign 1.10% 1.10%
Sovereign 0.13% 0.13%
Treasury Investments
Total coverage ratio 0.39% 7.37% 65.11% 2.98%

  

Slight differences may occur in totals due to rounding.

 C: 
 76 
 

 

 

 

An analysis of changes in ECL allowances in relation to the bank’s financial assets carried at amortized cost is provided below:

Analysis of the changes in ECL allowance account between 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2021

(UA thousands)

  Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Gross carrying amount as at January 2021 102,821 68,827 661,493 833,141
New assets originated or purchased 5,475 1,056 6,531
Assets derecognized or repaid (2,920) (21,771) (83,256) (107,947)
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 2 (19,492) 19,492
Transfer from Stage 2 to Stage 3 (12,287) 12,287
Transfer from Stage 1 to Stage 3 (241) 241
Transfer from Stage 3 to Stage 1 365 (365)
New and increased provision (net of releases) (5,764) (3,253) 135,631 126,614
31 December 2021 80,244 52,064 726,031 858,339

 

 

The ECL allowance reported on the balance sheet as at 31 December 2021 increased by UA 25.20 million (3.02 percent) to UA 858.34 million from the UA 833.14 million as at 31 December 2020, while the total provision for ECLs reported in the income statement in the year was UA 25.20 million compared with UA 59.64 million reported for 31 December 2020.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk is the potential for loss resulting from insufficient liquidity to meet cash flow needs in a timely manner. Liquidity risk arises when there is a maturity mismatch between assets and liabilities. The Bank’s principal liquidity risk management objective is to hold sufficient liquid resources to enable it to meet all probable cash flow needs for a rolling 1-year horizon without additional financing from the capital markets for an extended period. In order to minimize this risk, the Bank maintains a Prudential Minimum level of Liquidity (PML) based on the projected net cash requirement for a rolling one-year period. The PML is updated quarterly and computed as the sum of four components: i) 1-year debt service payments; ii) 1-year projected net loan disbursements (loans disbursed less repayments) if greater than zero; iii) loan equivalent value of committed guarantees; and iv) undisbursed equity investments.

To strike a balance between generating adequate investment returns and holding securities that can be easily sold for cash if required, the Bank divides its investment portfolio into tranches with different liquidity objectives and benchmarks. The Bank’s core liquidity portfolio (operational portfolio) is invested in highly liquid securities that can be readily liquidated if required to meet the Bank’s short-term liquidity needs. Probable redemptions of swaps and borrowings with embedded options are included in the computation of the size of the operational tranche of liquidity. In addition to the core liquidity portfolio, the Bank maintains a second tranche of liquidity (the prudential portfolio) that is also invested in relatively liquid securities to cover its expected medium-term operational cash flow needs. A third tranche of liquidity, which is funded by the Bank’s equity resources, is held in a portfolio of fixed income securities intended to collect contractual cash flows with the objective of stabilizing the Bank’s net income. In determining its level of liquidity for compliance with the PML, the Bank includes cash, deposits and securities in all the treasury investments, with appropriate haircuts based on asset class and credit rating.

 C: 
 77 
 

 

 

 

The contractual maturities of financial liabilities and future interest payments at 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

Contractual Maturities of Financial Liabilities and Future Interest Payments at 31 December 2021

(UA thousands)

  Carrying Amount Contractual Cash Flow 1 year or less More than 1 year but less than 2 years More than 2 years but less than 3 years More than 3 years but less than 4 years More than 4 years but less than 5 years More than 5 years
Financial liabilities with derivatives                
Derivative liabilities 129,164 (1,215,145) 83,000 18,707 (98,769) (173,981) (204,643) (839,459)
Borrowings at fair value 24,801,331 27,026,780 5,744,808 5,157,634 2,304,371 942,190 5,974,570 6,903,207
  24,930,495 25,811,635 5,827,808 5,176,341 2,205,602 768,209 5,769,927 6,063,748
Financial liabilities without derivatives                
Accounts payable 1,105,924 1,105,924 1,105,924
Borrowings at amortized cost 314,374 378,652 126,120 184,188 470 310 404 67,160
  1,420,298 1,484,576 1,232,044 184,188 470 310 404 67,160
                 
Total financial liabilities 26,350,793 27,296,211 7,059,852 5,360,529 2,206,072 768,519 5,770,331 6,130,908
Represented by:                
Derivative liabilities 129,164 (1,215,145) 83,000 18,707 (98,769) (173,981) (204,643) (839,459)
Accounts payable 1,105,924 1,105,924 1,105,924
Borrowings 25,115,705 27,405,432 5,870,928 5,341,822 2,304,841 942,500 5,974,974 6,970,367

 

 

Contractual Maturities of Financial Liabilities and Future Interest Payments at 31 December 2020

(UA thousands)

  Carrying Amount Contractual Cash Flow 1 year or less More than 1 year but less than 2 years More than 2 years but less than 3 years More than 3 years but less than 4 years More than 4 years but less than 5 years More than 5 years
Financial liabilities with derivatives                
Derivative liabilities (615,342) 540,206 202,797 91,312 214,500 136,230 (1,898) (102,735)
Borrowings at fair value 24,675,740 26,244,427 6,062,243 5,497,424 5,058,599 2,289,716 393,908 6,942,537
  24,060,398 26,784,633 6,265,040 5,588,736 5,273,099 2,425,946 392,010 6,839,802
Financial liabilities without derivatives                
Accounts payable 911,331 911,331 911,331
Borrowings at amortized cost 414,361 511,317 134,124 123,169 179,315 565 470 73,674
  1,325,692 1,422,648 1,045,455 123,169 179,315 565 470 73,674
                 
Total financial liabilities 25,386,090 28,207,281 7,310,495 5,711,905 5,452,414 2,426,511 392,480 6,913,476
Represented by:                
Derivative liabilities (615,342) 540,206 202,297 91,312 214,500 136,230 (1,898) (102,735)
Accounts payable 911,331 911,331 911,331
Borrowings 25,090,101 26,755,744 6,196,367 5,620,593 5,237,914 2,290,281 394,378 7,016,211

 

 

 

 C: 
 78 
 

 

 

 

Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss or adverse financial impact on the Bank’s financial instruments due to direct or indirect changes in market prices. The Bank principally faces two forms of market risk: Currency exchange risk and interest rate risk.

Currency Exchange Risk

Currency risk is the potential loss due to adverse movements in market foreign exchange rates. To promote stable growth in its risk-bearing capacity, the Bank’s principal currency risk management objective is to protect its risk capital from translation risk due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates by matching the currency composition of its net assets to the currency composition of the SDR (UA). The agreement establishing the Bank explicitly prohibits it from taking direct currency exchange exposures by requiring liabilities in any one currency to be matched with assets in the same currency. This is achieved primarily by holding or lending the proceeds of its borrowings (after swap activities) in the same currencies in which they were borrowed (after swap activities). To avoid creating new currency mismatches, the Bank requires its borrowers to service their loans in the currencies disbursed.

Because a large part of its balance sheet is funded by equity resources, which are reported in Units of Account (equivalent to the SDR), the Bank has a net asset position that is potentially exposed to translation risk when currency exchange rates fluctuate. The Bank’s policy is to minimize the potential fluctuation of the value of its net worth measured in Units of Account by matching, to the extent possible, the currency composition of its net assets with the currency basket of the SDR (the Unit of Account). In keeping with the Bank’s currency risk management policy, spot currency transactions are carried out to realign the net assets to the SDR basket each time there is a misalignment or when there is a revision to the SDR currency composition.

The Bank also hedges its exposure to adverse movements on currency exchange rates on its administrative expenses. The distribution of the currencies of the Bank’s recurring administrative expenditures shows a high concentration of expenses in Euros, US Dollars and CFA Francs.

 C: 
 79 
 

 

 

Net Currency Position at 31 December 2021

(UA thousands)

  Euro United States Dollar Japanese Yen Pound Sterling Chinese Yuan Other Subtotal Units of Account Total
Assets                  
Cash 515,400 238,061 934,331 102,815 1,523,458 3,314,065 (10,926) 3,303,139
Demand obligations 1,142 1,142 1,142
Investments at fair value(a) 456,841 3,579 36,917 39,369 2,987,602 3,524,308 3,524,308
Investments at amortized cost 1,588,095 2,472,292 489,238 690,922 941,094 94,055 6,275,696 6,275,696
Accounts receivable (563,863) 3,483,814 (638,507) 7,835 42,552 (1,239,297) 1,092,534 85,695 1,178,229
Loans 9,811,458 8,332,861 41,035 496 1,965,059 20,150,909 20,150,909
Equity participations 78,034 62,352 842,707 983,093 111 983,204
Other assets 88,750 88,750
  11,885,965 14,592,959 826,097 838,985 1,023,015 6,174,726 35,341,747 163,630 35,505,377
Liabilities                  
Accounts payable (396,038) (315,302) (115,311) (9,208) (1) (148,582) (984,442) (121,482) (1,105,924)
Employee Benefits (448,664) (448,664)
Borrowings (4,278,053) (12,492,936) (1,564,047) (1,129,304) (449,523) (5,201,842) (25,115,705) (25,115,705)
Currency swaps on borrowings and related derivatives(b) (4,709,361) (1,661,411) 1,731,878 1,138,392 450,321 2,921,017 (129,164) (129,164)
  (9,383,452) (14,469,649) 52,520 (120) 797 (2,429,407) (26,229,311) (570,146) (26,799,457)
Currency position of equity as at 31 December 2,502,513 123,310 878,617 838,865 1,023,812 3,745,318 9,112,436 (406,516) 8,705,920
                   
% of sub-total 27.46 1.35 9.64 9.21 11.24 41.10 100.00 100.00
SDR Composition as at 31 December 2021 31.26 41.63 7.45 8.25 11.41 100.00 100.00

 

(a) Investments measured at fair value comprise:  
  Investments measured at fair value 3,518,204
  Derivative assets 6,104
  Derivative liabilities -
Amount per statement of net currency position 3,524,308
(b) Currency Swaps on borrowings is made up as follows:  
  Derivative assets 819,840
  Derivative liabilities (949,004)
Net swaps on borrowings per statement of net currency position (129,164)
(c) RMB=CNY  

 

 

 

 C: 
 80 
 

 

 

Net Currency Position at 31 December 2020

(UA thousands)

  Euro United States Dollar Japanese Yen Pound Sterling Chinese Yuan Other Subtotal Units of Account Total
Assets                  
Cash (21,668) 46,788 1,281,323 52,418 968,394 2,327,255 4,930 2,332,185
Demand obligations 3,815 3,815 3,815
Investments at fair value(a) 843,374 3,357 126 64,534 6,695 2,427,342 3,345,428 3,345,428
Investments at amortized cost 1,629,692 1,952,426 434,256 609,918 764,450 95,136 5,485,878 5,485,878
Accounts receivable 117,682 202,357 36,288 3,720 13,934 122,308 496,289 94,484 590,773
Loans 10,031,929 8,930,809 90,067 777 1,956,021 21,009,603 21,009,603
Equity participations 68,117 62,821 806,042 936,980 294 937,274
Other debt securities
Other assets 104,668 104,668
  12,669,126 11,198,558 1,842,060 731,367 785,079 6,379,058 33,605,248 204,376 33,809,624
Liabilities                  
Accounts payable (1,421,038) 2,610,831 (1,162,819) (1,475) (781,610) (155,220) (911,331) (911,331)
Employee Benefit (632,925) (632,925)
Borrowings (4,545,809) (12,563,821) (1,700,894) (891,596) (310,849) (5,077,132) (25,090,101) (25,090,101)
Currency swaps on borrowings and related derivatives(b) (4,291,835) (1,026,569) 2,015,597 892,507 314,401 2,711,241 615,342 615,342
  (10,258,682) (10,979,559) (848,116) (564) (778,058) (2,521,111) (25,386,090) (632,925) (26,019,015)
Currency position of equity as at 31 December 2020 2,410,444 218,999 993,944 730,803 7,021 3,857,947 8,219,158 (428,549) 7,790,609
                   
% of sub-total 29.33 2.66 12.09 8.89 0.09 46.94 100.00 100.00
SDR Composition as at 31 December 2020 32.70 40.49 7.98 8.02 10.82 100.00 100.00

 

(a) Investments measured at fair value comprise:  
  Investments measured at fair value 3,339,940
  Derivative assets 5,488
  Derivative liabilities -
Amount per statement of net currency position 3,345,428
(b) Currency swaps on borrowings comprise:  
  Derivative assets 1,539,062
  Derivative liabilities (923,720)
Net swaps on borrowings per statement of net currency position 615,342

 

 

 

Currency Risk Sensitivity Analysis

As described in the previous section, the Bank manages its currency risk exposure by matching, to the extent possible, the currency composition of its net assets with the currency basket of the SDR. The SDR is composed of a basket of five currencies, namely the US Dollar, Euro, Japanese Yen, Pound Sterling and Chinese Yuan Renminbi. The weight of each currency in the basket is determined and reviewed by the International Monetary Fund (IMF) every five years. With effect from 1 October 2016, the IMF formally approved the inclusion of the Chinese Yuan Renminbi (CNY) in Special Drawing Rights (SDR) with a weight of 10.92 percent. The SDR rate represents the sum of specific amounts of the five basket currencies valued in US Dollars, on the basis of the exchange rates quoted at noon each day in the London market.

Currency risks arise with the uncertainty about the potential future movement of the exchange rates between these currencies on the one hand, and between the exchange rates of the SDR currencies and the other non-SDR currencies (mainly African currencies) used by the Bank on the other hand. In this regard, the Bank carries out an annual sensitivity analysis of the translation results of its net assets with regard to the movement of the different exchange rates. The analysis consists of a set of scenarios where the exchange rates between the US Dollar and the other SDR and African currencies are stretched out by large margins (10 percent appreciation/depreciation).

 C: 
 81 
 

 

 

 

The following tables illustrate the sensitivity of the Bank’s net assets to currency fluctuations due to movements in the exchange rate of the currencies in the SDR basket as of 31 December 2021 and 2020, respectively. The sensitivity analysis shown assumes a separate 10 percent appreciation/depreciation for each currency in the basket against the US dollar. Due to a moderate change in the African currency holdings, the table also includes the effect of a 10 percent appreciation/depreciation of each African currency against the SDR. Under the different scenarios, the currency risk management strategy of the Bank shows a minimal change in net assets as a result of currency mismatches.

Sensitivity of the Bank’s Net Assets to Currency Fluctuations as at 31 December 2021

(Amounts in UA millions)

  US Dollar Euro Japanese Yen Pound Sterling Chinese Yuan Other Currencies Net Assets Change in Net Assets Gain/(Loss) Basis Point Change of Total Net Assets
Net assets resulting from a 10% appreciation against the USD      
 EUR 3,556.55 2,901.74 668.97 725.34 974.79 27.30 8,854.69 (4.02) 4bps
 GBP 3,637.68 2,698.11 684.22 816.08 997.02 27.30 8,860.41 1.70 2bps
 JPY 3,640.89 2,700.50 753.31 742.54 997.90 27.30 8,862.44 3.74 4bps
 CNY 3,626.26 2,689.65 682.08 739.56 1,093.28 27.30 8,858.13 (0.57) 1bps
Net assets resulting from a 10% appreciation of each African currency against the SDR 3,667.78 2,720.44 689.89 748.03 1,005.27 30.03 8,861.44 2.73 3bps
Net assets resulting from a 10% depreciation against the USD      
 EUR 3,775.11 2,545.50 710.08 769.92 1,034.69 27.30 8,862.60 3.88 4bps
 GBP 3,695.58 2,741.06 695.12 685.18 1,012.89 27.30 8,857.13 (1.57) 2bps
 JPY 3,692.57 2,738.83 631.41 753.09 1,012.07 27.30 8,855.27 (3.45) 4bps
 CNY 3,706.35 2,749.05 697.14 755.90 923.50 27.30 8,859.24 0.53 1bps
Net assets resulting from a 10% depreciation of each African currency against the SDR 3,667.78 2,720.44 689.89 748.03 1,005.27 24.82 8,856.23 (2.48) 3bps
Assumptions                  
Base net assets 3,667.78 2,720.44 689.89 748.03 1,005.27 27.30 8,858.71
Add: Fair valuation effects on borrowings & derivatives (61.29) (5.28) 61.15 5.19 (6.30) (146.26) (152.80)
Base net assets ( including fair valuation of borrowings and derivatives) 3,606.49 2,715.16 751.04 753.22 998.97 (118.96) 8,705.92
Currency weight 0.5825 0.3867 11.9000 0.0859 1.0174
Base exchange rate 1.3997 1.2366 161.1280 1.0386 8.8866

 

 

 

 C: 
 82 
 

 

 

Sensitivity of the Bank’s Net Assets to Currency Fluctuations as at 31 December 2020

(Amounts in UA millions)

 

  US Dollar Euro Japanese Yen Pound Sterling Chinese Yuan Other Currencies Net Assets Change in Net Assets Gain/(Loss) Basis Point Change of Total Net Assets
Net assets resulting from a 10% appreciation against the USD    
 EUR 3,065.95 2,726.47 633.34 647.92 818.76 29.97 7,922.42 (3.19) 4bps
 GBP 3,141.11 2,539.37 648.86 730.19 838.83 29.97 7,928.34 2.73 3bps
 JPY 3,141.54 2,539.72 713.85 663.90 838.95 29.97 7,927.94 2.33 3bps
 CNY 3,132.93 2,532.76 647.18 662.08 920.31 29.97 7,925.24 (0.37) 0bps
Net assets resulting from a 10% appreciation of each African currency against the SDR 3,166.64 2,560.01 654.14 669.20 845.65 32.97 7,928.60 3.00 4bps
Net assets resulting from a 10% depreciation against the USD    
 EUR 3,264.08 2,398.90 674.27 689.79 871.67 29.97 7,928.69 3.08 4bps
 GBP 3,190.21 2,579.06 659.01 612.89 851.94 29.97 7,923.08 (2.52) 3bps
 JPY 3,189.80 2,578.73 599.02 674.10 851.83 29.97 7,923.45 (2.15) 3bps
 CNY 3,197.91 2,585.29 660.60 675.81 776.36 29.97 7,925.95 0.34 0bps
Net assets resulting from a 10% depreciation of each African currency against the SDR 3,166.64 2,560.01 654.14 669.20 845.65 27.25 7,922.88 (2.72) 3bps
Assumptions:                  
Base net assets 3,166.64 2,560.01 654.14 669.20 845.65 29.97 7,925.61
Add: Fair valuation effects on borrowings & derivatives (20.24) (65.02) 105.87 3.67 (1.06) (158.20) (134.98)
Base net assets (including fair valuation of borrowings and derivatives) 3,146.40 2,494.99 760.00 672.87 844.59 (128.23) 7,790.62
Currency weight 0.5825 0.3867 11.9000 0.0859 1.0174
Base exchange rate 1.4459 1.1776 148.9900 1.0575 9.4575

 

 

 

 C: 
 83 
 

 

 

 

Interest Rate Risk

The Bank’s interest rate risk sensitivity is comprised of the following two elements:

The sensitivity of the interest margin between the rate the Bank earns on its assets and the cost of the borrowings

funding such assets.

The sensitivity of the income on assets funded by equity resources to changes in interest rates.

The Bank’s principal interest rate risk management objective is to generate a stable overall net interest margin that is not overly sensitive to sharp changes in market interest rates, but yet adequately responsive to general market trends.

The interest rate risk positions as at 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as follow:

Interest Rate Risk Position as at 31 December 2021

(UA thousands)

 

  1 year or less More than 1 year but less than 2 years More than 2 years but less than 3 years More than 3 years but less than 4 years More than 4 years but less than 5 years More than 5 years Non interest bearing funds Total
Assets                
Cash 3,303,139 3,303,139
Demand obligations 1,142 1,142
Treasury Investments(a) 4,161,486 608,870 642,470 652,230 631,590 3,020,610 82,748 9,800,004
Accounts receivable 1,178,229 1,178,229
Loans – disbursed and outstanding 17,314,570 498,458 333,227 297,383 309,674 1,937,558 (28,909) 20,661,961
Hedged loans-fair value adjustment 48,516 48,516
Accumulated impairment for loan losses (559,568) (559,568)
Equity participations 983,204 983,204
Other assets 88,750 88,750
  25,958,566 1,107,328 975,697 949,613 941,264 4,958,168 614,741 35,505,377
Liabilities                
Accounts payable (1,105,924)   (1,105,924)
Employee Benefit (448,664)   (448,664)
Borrowings(b) (25,655,596) (149,174) (1,385) (71,574) (125) (299) 633,283 (25,244,869)
  (27,210,184) (149,174) (1,385) (71,574) (125) (299) 633,283 (26,799,457)
Interest rate risk position as at 31 December 2021 (1,251,618) 958,154 974,312 878,040 941,139 4,957,869 1,248,024 8,705,920

 

(a) Treasury investments comprise:  
  Treasury investments 9,793,900
  Derivative assets 6,104
  Derivative liabilities -
Amount per statement of interest rate risk 9,800,004
(b) Borrowings comprise  
  Borrowings 25,115,705
  Derivative asset (819,840)
  Derivative liability 949,004
  Net borrowings per statement of interest risk 25,244,869

 

* Interest rate risk position represents equity.

 C: 
 84 
 

 

 

Interest Rate Risk Position as at 31 December 2020 

(UA thousands)

 

  1 year or less More than 1 year but less than 2 years More than 2 years but less than 3 years More than 3 years but less than 4 years More than 4 years but less than 5 years More than 5 years Non interest bearing funds Total
Assets                
Cash 2,332,185 2,332,185
Demand obligations 3,815 3,815
Treasury Investments(a) 3,917,159 534,750 607,950 642,790 641,020 2,396,349 91,287 8,831,305
Non-negotiable instruments on account
Accounts receivable 590,773 590,773
Loans – disbursed and outstanding 18,398,518 402,065 479,300 298,347 275,884 1,498,697 (9,574) 21,343,237
Hedged loans-fair value adjustment 163,779 163,779
Accumulated impairment for loan losses (497,413) (497,413)
Equity participations 937,274 937,274
Other assets 104,668 104,668
  25,242,451 936,815 1,087,250 941,137 916,904 3,895,046 790,020 33,809,623
Liabilities                
Accounts payable (911,331) (911,331)
Employee Benefit liability (632,925) (632,925)
Borrowings(b) (24,794,672) (151) (146,491) (69,564) (133) (318) 536,570 (24,474,758)
Macro-hedge swaps (20,770) 4,690 16,080
  (26,359,698) (151) (141,801) (53,484) (133) (318) 536,570 (26,019,014)
Interest rate risk position as at 31 December 2020 (1,117,247) 936,664 945,449 887,653 916,771 3,894,728 1,326,590 7,790,609

 

(a) Treasury investments comprise:  
  Treasury investments 8,825,818
  Derivative assets – investments 5,487
  Derivative liabilities – investments
  Amount per statement of interest rate risk 8,831,305
   
(b) Borrowings comprise:  
Borrowings 25,090,101
Derivative assets – borrowings (1,539,062)
Derivative liabilities – borrowings 923,719
  Net borrowings per statement of interest rate risk 24,474,758

 

 

 C: 
 85 
 

 

 

 

Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Disclosure on LIBOR Transition

As part of the ongoing global reform of interest rate benchmarks, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) UK announced in July 2017 that the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) used in setting floating or adjustable rates for loans, bonds, derivatives, and other financial instruments will not be published from the end of 2021.

Consequently, industry, regulatory and jurisdiction led Working Groups recommended near risk-free Alternative Risk-Free Rates (RFRs i.e., SOFR for USD LIBOR, SONIA for GBP LIBOR, €STR for EONIA and EURO LIBOR, TONA for JPY LIBOR and SARON for CHF LIBOR) to replace the forward-looking LIBOR settings that include a bank’s credit risk and other factors.

In March 2021, the Intercontinental Exchange Benchmark Administration Limited (IBA), administrator of the LIBORs and its supervisor, the FCA, announced that LIBOR for GBP, EUR, CHF, and JPY will cease immediately after 31 December 2021 together with the 1-week and 2-month tenors of USD LIBOR. The remaining tenors (overnight, 1 month, 3-month, 6-month, and 12 months) of USD LIBOR were extended to now cease immediately after 30 June 2023. While the USD LIBOR full cessation or non- representativeness date is end of June 2023, regulators recommend stopping entering new contracts that reference USD LIBOR as soon as practical by 31 December 2021.

As a result of the March 2021 announcement, the Bank’s LIBOR Transition Taskforce (the Taskforce”, consisting of teams from Operations, Loan Accounting and Financial Reporting, Treasury, Clients Solutions, Risk Management, Legal, IT and Communications), charged with assessing potential impacts, updating the Bank products with RFRs, systems and policies, and transition legacy LIBOR linked contracts – continued consultation with the SO and NSO clients and other counterparties whilst fine-tuning and completing business changes necessary to enable an orderly and fair transition from LIBORs to alternative RFRs.

In 2021, the Taskforce worked on the choices of RFRs methodologies, upgrade of systems and processes, ALM framework, treasury policies and loan product templates. The Taskforce started engagements with borrowers and other counterparties on the potential changes arising from IBOR and transition timelines. Furthermore, the Taskforce started developing the language that will be included in new loan documentations and template amendment agreements that will be negotiated with borrowers of existing legacy loans. The Taskforce also designed and facilitated technical and change management trainings for staff, borrowers and other counterparties and key stakeholders of the LIBOR Transition Project.

In 2022, the Bank will start the implementation of its operational guidelines on LIBOR Transition. All new USD loans would be approved based on SOFR and all new JPY loans would be approved based on TONA and would continue engagement with borrowers to amend legacy USD LIBOR linked and other legacy loans. The actual conversion of USD legacy loans from USD LIBOR to SOFR is expected to happen on the first reset date following the cessation or non-representativeness of USD LIBOR by end of June 2023. For pricing purposes, all curves for GBP/CHF/JPY were moved to their respective RFRs plus a spread (usually applied depending on the term LIBOR) and certain legacy products would be priced using market data provided directly by IBA and other market regulators. The Bank’s capital market borrowings would also be linked to the relevant RFRs during 2022.

As there is a sizeable outstanding portfolio of loans still linked to LIBORs, the Bank will maintain LIBORs funding to match those assets until they are converted to respective RFRs. The Taskforce will also continue to monitor and mitigate LIBOR Transition risks (arising new RFR products, processes, systems, controls, and people), as well as actively manage its USD LIBOR linked and other legacy contracts in order to sustain a stable outlook for its business operations post IBOR transition.

From a financial reporting perspective, the Bank adopted and applied the Phase 2 amendments Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Amendment to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16 in 2021 - to show the impact of the transition on its outstanding USD legacy loans and other transactions from LIBOR to the alternative RFRs. The application of the Phase 2 amendments is expected to impact the Bank’s financial instruments as contractual terms would be revised and repapered after 2021 as a direct consequence of the interest rate benchmark reform and the new basis for determining the contractual cash flows would be economically equivalent to the previous basis for determining the contractual cash flows. The Bank would change the basis for determining the contractual cash flows prospectively by revising the effective interest rate. As the Bank is yet to fully transitioned its LIBOR based financial instruments to the alternative RFRs, the application of the Phase 2 amendments did not have any significant financial impact on the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021 except for additional disclosures presented on the IBOR linked transactions.

As at 31 December therefore, the LIBOR Transition Project had progressed reasonably well toward the implementation of RFRs on a business-as-usual basis and the Bank is committed to an orderly transition of all outstanding USD LIBOR linked and other legacy contracts to their appropriate RFRs and completing the IBOR Transition project in 2022 or before the 30 June 2023 cessation date.

 C: 
 86 
 

 

 

 

The table below provides an overview of IBOR linked contracts by currency settings and nature of financial instruments as at 31 December 2021 that would be impacted by the LIBOR transition. Non-derivative financial instruments are presented on the basis of their carrying amounts excluding expected credit losses while derivative financial instruments are presented on the basis of their notional amounts. Financial instruments maturing on or before 31 December 2021 were excluded.

 

 

(In millions)

  USD LIBOR EURIBOR ZAR JIBAR GBP LIBOR JPY LIBOR CAD LIBOR
IBOR linked contracts by benchmark at 31 December 2021            
Financial assets            
Loans – Non-Sovereign 3,019 1,172 8,625
Loans – Sovereign Operations 13,436 13,838 43,043
Treasury Asset 5,591 671 667
Total financial assets 22,046 15,681 51,668 667
             
Financial liabilities            
Treasury Borrowing 50
Total financial liabilities 50
             
Derivatives            
Derivatives excl. Futures 40,313 15,047 46,050 6,884 544
Derivatives – Futures only 80,282 3,452 2,656 2,757
Total derivatives 120,595 18,499 46,050 2,656 6,884 3,301
             
Total IBOR linked contracts 142,691 34,180 97,718 3,323 6,884 3,301

 

Interest Rate Risk on Assets Funded by Debt

Two thirds of the Bank’s interest-rate-sensitive assets are funded by debt. The Bank seeks to generate a stable net interest margin on assets funded by debt by matching the interest rate characteristics of each class of assets with those of the corresponding liabilities.

In 1990, the Bank began offering “variable rate” loans. The interest rate on these loans resets semi-annually based on the average cost of a dedicated pool of the Bank’s borrowings. These pools are funded with a mix of fixed rate and floating rate borrowings to provide borrowers with broadly stable interest rates that gradually track changes in market interest rates. The cost of funds pass- through formulation incorporated in the lending rates charged on the Bank’s pool-based loans has traditionally helped to minimize the interest rate sensitivity of the net interest margin on this part of its loan portfolio. In view of declining demand for this product in favor of market- based loans, the Bank is carefully managing the gradual winding down of the designated funding pools.

Since 1997, the Bank offers fixed and floating rate loans whose interest rate is directly linked to market interest rates (market- based loans). For the market-based loan products, the Bank’s net interest margin is preserved by using swaps to align the interest rate sensitivity of the loans with that of the Bank’s underlying funding reference (six-month LIBOR floating rate). The Bank may also provide borrowers with risk management products such as swaps to modify the currency and interest rate terms of its market- based loan products. Although it retains the credit risks of the borrower, the Bank eliminates the associated market risk on these risk management products by simultaneously laying off market risks with an approved derivative counterparty.

For the portfolio of liquid assets funded by borrowings, the Bank protects its net interest margin by managing its investments within limits around benchmarks that replicate the interest rate characteristics of the underlying funding for each portfolio tranche. The portfolio of liquid assets funded by borrowings is currently divided into two tranches to reflect the different business purposes and underlying funding. The core part of the investment portfolio is held to comply with the Bank’s liquidity policy and uses a six-month LIBOR floating rate benchmark. The operational liquidity portfolio is managed to meet projected operational cash flow needs and uses a one- month LIBOR floating rate benchmark.

The Bank diversifies the sources of its funding by issuing debt in a variety of markets and instruments. Unless fixed rate funding is required for one of its pool-based loan products, the Bank protects its net interest margin by simultaneously swapping all new borrowings into floating rate in one of the Bank’s active currencies on a standard nine-month LIBOR rate reference. Where the Bank issues structured debt, the Bank simultaneously enters into a swap with matching terms to synthetically create the desired six-month LIBOR-based floating rate funding. For risk management purposes, callable funding is considered as one alternative

 C: 
 87 
 

 

 

 

to issuing short-term debt such as Euro commercial paper. The Bank manages refinancing risk by: (i) limiting the amount of debt that will mature or is potentially callable within one year to 25 percent of the outstanding debt portfolio, and (ii) trying to match the average maturity of loans priced with a fixed spread with borrowing with similar lifetime.

Interest Rate Risk on Assets Funded by Equity

The second principal source of interest rate risk is the interest rate sensitivity of the income earned from funding a significant portion of the Bank’s assets with equity resources. These assets are mostly made up of fixed rate loans and investments with an average duration of 5 years. Changes in market interest rates in the currencies of the Bank’s equity resources (the SDR) affect the net interest margin earned on assets funded by equity. In general, lower nominal market interest rates result in lower lending and investment rates, which in the long term reduce the nominal earnings on the Bank’s equity resources.

The Bank manages the interest rate profile of the assets funded by equity resources with the objective of reducing the sensitivity of the net interest margin to fluctuations in market interest rates. This is achieved by continuously adjusting the repricing profile of the assets funded by the Bank’s equity resources (fixed rate loans and investments) to match a repricing profile benchmark. The Bank’s repricing profile benchmark is a 10-year ladder whereby a uniform 10 percent of the Bank’s assets is funded by equity and repriced in each year. Using this benchmark, the Bank’s net interest margin on assets funded by equity tends to track a 10-year moving average of 10-year maturity SDR interest rates.

At the end of December 2021, the Bank’s overall repricing profile was closely aligned to the benchmark in almost all annual buckets.

 

Net Interest Margin Sensitivity

A parallel upward shift in the SDR curve of 100 bps would have generated a maximum gain in income statement of UA 7.25 million and UA 6.76 million as of 31 December 2021 and 2020, respectively.

 

Fair Value Sensitivity

Movements in interest rates also have an impact on the values of assets and liabilities that are reported in the financial statements at FVTPL. The table below shows the effect of a parallel yield curve movement of +/- 1bp of each of the currencies in the investment portfolio and the borrowings and derivative portfolios as of 31 December 2021. The market experienced low and negative interest rates during the year. As such, the sensitivity analysis for 31 December 2021 was computed on the basis of 1bp, which is the change that was reasonably possible as at the reporting date.

 

 

(UA thousands)

  Upward Parallel Shift Downward Parallel Shift
  2021
Gain/(Loss)
2020
Gain/(Loss)
2021
Gain/(Loss)
2020
Gain/(Loss)
Investments at FVTPL 274 431 (274) (431)
Fair-valued borrowings and derivative 3,449 (6,254) (8,219) 6,183

 

Prepayment Risk

In addition to the two principal sources of interest rate risk described above, the Bank is exposed to prepayment risk on loans committed before 1997 on which the Bank is unable to charge a prepayment penalty. In practice the level of prepayments on such loans has generally been within acceptable levels. For all market-based loans issued since 1997, the Bank protects itself from prepayment risk by linking the prepayment penalty to the cost of redeploying the funds at current market rates. Since 2006, total annual prepayments on loans particularly those committed prior to 1997 have been declining over the years. Prepayments in the year ended 31 December 2021 amounted to UA 248.59 million, compared with prepayments of UA 193.39 million realized in 2020, none of which related to loans committed prior to 1997.

Operational Risk

Like all financial institutions, the Bank is exposed to operational risks arising from its systems and processes.

Operational risks include the risks of losses resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, and/or systems, and from external events which could have a negative financial or adverse reputational impact. Operational risk is present in virtually all the Bank’s transactions and includes losses attributable to failures of internal processes in credit and market operations.

 C: 
 88 
 

 

 

 

The office of the Group Chief Risk Officer has oversight on operational risk activities across the Bank. This includes the implementation of an Integrated Internal Control Framework (IICF), an Internal Control over Financial Reporting (ICFR) based on the COSO Framework and an Operational Risk Management Framework (ORMF). The ICFR serves as a means of regularly evaluating the effectiveness and efficiency of the Bank’s internal controls in all significant business processes with financial statement impact. As part of this process, Management’s attestation on the adequacy of internal controls over financial reporting is published in the Bank’s Annual Report.

The ORMF which was revised in 2019 ensures a structured and well-coordinated approach to risk identification and assessment, risk mitigation and control as well as risk reporting across the Bank. It also provides the basis for applying an advanced standard in measuring operational risk capital. Currently, the Bank’s Capital Adequacy and Exposure Management Framework provides for an operational risk capital charge of 15 percent of the average operating income for the preceding 3 years, in line with Basel II recommendations for operational risk.

It is the primary responsibility of the management of each business unit to implement adequate controls in their respective business processes based on the prevailing institutional standards. Management is required to sign attestation of compliance annually.

Compliance with institutional standards is verified through periodic reviews undertaken by the Office of the Auditor General of the Bank. The results of internal audit reviews are discussed with the Management of the relevant business unit(s), with summaries submitted to Senior Management of the Bank and the Audit and Finance Committee of the Board of Directors.

The Bank also has a contingency and business continuity plan which aims to ensure the continuity of its operations and protect the interests of all the key stakeholders of the Bank Group, namely, the member countries (borrowing and non-borrowing), bondholders and other creditors as well as employees and their families, in the event of any disturbance in its office locations. Three key organs in the Bank ensure the oversight and implementation of the plan: (i) the Executive Crisis Committee, chaired by the President of the Bank, makes the key decisions based on recommendations from the Operations Crisis Committee (OCC); (ii) the OCC, chaired by the Corporate Vice President, closely monitors all developments affecting the Bank and advises on measures necessary to mitigate the relevant risks; and (iii) the Business Continuity Plan Unit (BCPU) follows up on the implementation of decisions made and is also responsible for periodic tests of the overall business continuity preparedness of the Bank and staff.

Other elements of the Bank’s operational risk management practices include compliance with the Code of conduct and staff rules, the work of the Integrity and Anti-Corruption Department (IACD) and the existence of a whistleblower protection policy.

 

NOTE D – Financial Assets and Liabilities

The tables below set out the classification of each class of financial assets and liabilities, and their respective fair values as at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020:

Analysis of Financial Assets and Liabilities by Measurement Basis

(UA thousands)

  Financial Assets and Liabilities through Profit or Loss        
31 December 2021 Mandatorily at Fair value Designated at Fair Value Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income Financial Assets and Liabilities at Amortized Cost Total Carrying Amount Fair Value
Cash 3,303,139 3,303,139 3,303,139
Demand obligations 1,142 1,142 1,142
Treasury investments 3,518,204 6,275,696 9,793,900 9,734,787
Derivative assets 825,944 825,944 825,944
Accounts receivable 1,178,229 1,178,229 1,178,229
Loans 20,102,393 20,102,393 20,102,393
Equity participations 983,204 983,204 983,204
Total financial assets 4,344,148 983,204 30,860,599 36,187,951 36,128,838
Accounts payable 1,105,924 1,105,924 1,105,924
Derivative liabilities 949,004 949,004 949,004
Borrowings 24,801,331 314,374 25,115,705 24,457,627
Total financial liabilities 949,004 24,801,331 1,420,298 27,170,633 26,512,555

 

 

 C: 
 89 
 

 

 

 

(UA thousands)

  Financial Assets and Liabilities through Profit or Loss        
31 December 2020 Mandatorily at Fair value Designated at Fair Value Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income Financial Assets and Liabilities at Amortized Cost Total Carrying Amount Fair Value
Cash   2,332,185 2,332,185 2,332,185
Demand obligations   3,815 3,815 3,815
Treasury investments 3,339,940   5,485,878 8,825,818 8,966,838
Derivative assets 1,544,549   1,544,549 1,544,549
Accounts receivable   590,773 590,773 590,773
Loans 17,095   20,828,729 20,845,824 20,845,824
Equity participations   937,274 937,274 937,274
Total financial assets 4,901,584   937,274 29,241,380 35,080,239 35,221,258
Accounts payable   911,331 911,331 911,331
Derivative liabilities 923,719   923,719 923,719
Borrowings 24,675,740 414,361 25,090,101 24,231,072
Total financial liabilities 923,719 24,675,740 1,325,692 26,925,151 26,066,122

 

 

The table below classifies the Bank’s financial instruments that were carried at fair value at 31 December 2021 and 2020 into three levels reflecting the relative reliability of the measurement bases, with level 1 as the most reliable.

(UA thousands)

  Quoted prices in active markets for the same instrument Valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are based on observable market data Valuation techniques for which any significant input is not based on observable market data    
  (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) Total
  2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
Treasury investments 2,284,198 2,085,894 644,640 1,249,400 589,366 4,646 3,518,204 3,339,940
Derivative assets 6,093 5,325 797,914 1,454,438 21,937 84,786 825,944 1,544,549
Loans 17,095 17,095
Equity participation 8,487 8,954 974,717 928,320 983,204 937,274
Total financial assets 2,298,778 2,100,173 1,442,554 2,720,933 1,586,020 1,017,752 5,327,352 5,838,858
                 
Derivative liabilities 909,062 910,426 39,942 13,293 949,004 923,719
Borrowings 12,527,671 13,078,768 11,634,719 10,856,699 638,941 740,273 24,801,331 24,675,740
Total financial liabilities 12,527,671 13,078,768 12,543,781 11,767,125 678,883 753,566 25,750,335 25,599,459

 

The Bank’s policy is to recognize transfers out of level 3 as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer. Investments whose values are based on quoted market prices in active markets, and are therefore classified within Level 1, include active listed equities, exchange- traded derivatives, US government treasury bills and certain non-US sovereign obligations. The Bank does not adjust the quoted price for these instruments.

Financial instruments that trade in markets that are not considered to be active but are valued based on quoted market prices, dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources supported by observable inputs are classified within Level 2. These include investment-grade corporate bonds and certain non-US sovereign obligations, listed equities, over-the-counter derivatives and a convertible loan. As Level 2 investments include positions that are not traded in active markets and/or are subject to transfer restrictions, valuations may be adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, which are generally based on available market information.

 C: 
 90 
 

 

 

 

Investments classified within Level 3 have significant unobservable inputs, as they trade infrequently or do not trade at all. Instruments in Level 3 include loans to regional member countries, private equity and corporate debt securities including some structured asset and mortgage-backed instruments. As observable prices are not available for these securities, the Bank has used valuation techniques to derive the fair value.

However as noted earlier following the adoption of the expected credit loss model the fair value of loans measured at amortized cost are deemed to approximate their carry value net of impairment loss while the fair values of some securities are derived merely for disclosure purposes rather than for reporting on the balance sheet.

The primary products classified at Level 3 are as follows:

Debt Securities – Asset and Mortgage-Backed Securities

Due to the lack of liquidity in the market and the prolonged period of time under which many securities have not traded, obtaining external prices is not a strong enough measure to determine whether an asset has an observable price or not. Therefore, once external pricing has been verified, an assessment is made whether each security is traded with significant liquidity based on its credit rating and sector. If a security is of low credit rating and/or is traded in a less liquid sector, it will be classified as Level 3. Where third party pricing is not available, the valuation of the security will be estimated from market standard cash flow models with input parameter assumptions which include prepayment speeds, default rates, discount margins derived from comparable securities with similar vintage, collateral type, and credit ratings. These securities are also classified as Level 3.

Equity Shares – Private Equity

The fair value of investments in unlisted entities is assessed using appropriate methods, for example, discounted cash flows or Net Asset Value (NAV). The fair value of the Bank’s equity participations is estimated as the Bank’s percentage ownership of the net asset value of the investments.

Derivatives

Trading derivatives are classified at Level 3 if there are parameters which are unobservable in the market, such as products where the performance is linked to more than one underlying. Examples are derivative transactions and derivatives attached to local currency transactions. These unobservable correlation parameters could only be implied from the market, through methods such as historical analysis and comparison to historical levels or benchmark data.

 C: 
 91 
 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Level 3 Fair Value Balances

Reconciliation of fair value balances measured using valuation techniques with no significant input from observable market data (level 3 hierarchy) between 31 December 2020 and 2021 is as follows:

 

(UA thousands)

  Investments at Fair Value through Profit and Loss Investments at Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income Derivative Assets Derivative Liabilities Borrowings
2020          
Balance at January 1, 2020 6,245 991,999 35,456 (40,319) (1,188,946)
Gain/(Losses) recognized in income statement income (1,339) 13,945 23,623 (25,756)
Gains recognized in statement of comprehensive (67,270)
Purchases, issues and settlements (net) (12) 40,051 (1,762) 9,145 476,954
Reclassification 21,039 (16,741)
Translation effects (248) (36,460) 16,108 10,999 (2,525)
Balance at 31 December 2020 4,646 928,320 84,786 (13,293) (740,273)
2021          
Balance at January 1, 2021 4,646 928,320 84,786 (13,293) (740,273)
Gain/(Losses) recognized in income statement (754) (26,547) 2,032 14,764
Gains recognized in statement of comprehensive income (67,430)
Purchases, issues and settlements (net) 585,346 (9,465) (25,759) (9,723) 63,284
Translation effects 128 123,292 (24,753) (4,748) 23,284
Transfer between assets and liabilities 14,210 (14,210)
Balance at 31 December 2021 589,366 974,717 21,937 (39,942) (638,941)

 

 

Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities at Amortized Cost Based on Three-Level Hierarchy

The table below classifies the fair value of the Bank’s financial instruments that were carried at amortized cost at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 into three levels reflecting the relative reliability of the measurement bases, with level 1 as the most reliable.

(UA thousands)

  Quoted prices in active markets for the same instrument Valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are based on observable market data Valuation techniques for which any significant input is not based on observable market data    
  (Level 1) (Level 2) (Level 3) Total
  2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
Treasury investments 6,216,583 5,509,828 - - - - 6,216,583 5,509,828
Loans 19,913,477 20,828,729 19,913,477 20,828,729
Total financial assets 6,216,583 5,509,828 19,913,477 20,828,729 26,130,060 26,338,557
                 
Borrowings 298,320 315,330 30,437 131,417 328,757 446,747
Total financial liabilities 298,320 315,330 30,437 131,417 328,757 446,747

 C: 
 92 
 

 

Quantitative Information about Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) The table below shows the valuation techniques used in the determination of fair values for financial assets within level 3 of the measurement hierarchy as well as the key unobservable inputs used in the valuation models. The Bank has determined that market participants would use the same inputs in pricing the financial instruments. Management considers that changing the unobservable inputs described below to reflect other reasonably possible alternative assumptions would not result in a significant change in the estimated fair value.

 

Type of Financial Instrument Valuation Approach Key Unobservable Input Inter-relationship between Key Unobservable Inputs and Fair Value Measurement
Treasury investments
Time deposits
Asset-backed securities
Government and agency obligations
Corporate bonds
Financial institutions
Supranational
Discounted cash flow
Comparable pricing
Credit spread
Conditional prepayment rate
Constant default rate
Expected payments profile following default
Loss-given default yield
Increase in rate reduces fair value
Loans
Fixed rate
Floating rate
Discounted cash flow Average cost of capital Probability of default, loss given default A high probability of default results in lower fair value
Derivative assets Options model Volatility of credit
Counterparty credit risk
Own credit risk
Equity participations Net asset value Percentage of equity holdings and net assets Increase in net asset increases fair value
Derivative liabilities Discounted cash flow Volatility of credit spreads
Borrowings Consensus pricing Offered quotes
Own credit

 

 

 

Significant Unobservable Inputs

Although the Bank believes that its estimates of fair value are appropriate, the use of different methodologies or assumptions

could lead to different fair value results.

The valuation techniques applied with significant unobservable inputs are described briefly below:

Comparable pricing

Comparable pricing refers to the method where valuation is done by calculating an implied yield from the price of a similar comparable observable instrument. The comparable instrument for a private equity investment is a comparable listed company. The comparable instrument in case of bonds is a similar comparable but observable bond. This may involve adjusting the yield to derive a value for the unobservable instrument.

Yield

Yield is the interest rate that is used to discount the future cash-flows in a discounted cash-flow model.

Correlation

Correlation is the measure of how movement in one variable influences the movement in another variable. Credit correlation generally refers to the factor that describes the relationship between the probability of individual entities to default on obligations and the joint probability of multiple entities to default on obligations. Similarly, equity correlation is the correlation between two equity instruments. An interest rate correlation refers to the correlation between two swap rates. Foreign Exchange (FX) correlation represents the correlation between two different exchange rates.

Liquidity Discount

A liquidity discount is primarily applied to unlisted firms to reflect the fact that these stocks are not actively traded. An increase in liquidity discount in isolation will result in unfavorable movement in the fair value of the unlisted firm.

Volatility

Volatility represents an estimate of how much a particular instrument, parameter or Index will change in value over time. Volatilities are generally implied from the observed option prices. For certain instruments, volatility may change with strike and maturity profile of the option.

 C: 
 93 
 

 

 

 

Credit Spreads

Credit spreads represent the additional yield that a market participant would demand for accepting an exposure to the credit risk

of an instrument. A change in the assumptions could lead to different fair value results.

Sensitivity Analysis of Valuations of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Using Unobservable Inputs

For fair value measurements in level 3, changing one or more of the assumptions used would have the following effects:

Investments

The fair value of level 3 investments is sensitive to sources of pricing used. The fair value variance arising from using other sources of prices amounted to nil. (2020: almost nil).

Borrowing and Derivatives

The table below shows the effect of a parallel yield curve movement of +/- 1 bps of each of the currencies in the level 3 borrowings and derivative portfolios as of December 31, 2021 and December 2020.The market experienced low and negative interest rates during the year. As such, the sensitivity analysis for 31 December 2021 was computed on the basis of 1bp, which is the change that was reasonably possible as at the reporting date.

(UA thousands)

  Upward Parallel Shift Downward Parallel Shift
  Gain/(Loss) Gain/(Loss)
  2021 2020 2021 2020
Fair-valued level 3 borrowings and derivative portfolios 123 (206) (4,880) 177

 

Day One Gain or Loss – Unrecognized Gains/Losses on the Use of Valuation Models Using Unobservable Inputs

The unamortized balances of day one profit and loss at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were made up as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Balance at 1 January 196,511 209,463
New transactions 13,569 12,142
Amounts recognized in income statement during the year (20,920) (18,865)
Translation effects (8,692) (6,229)
Balance 180,468 196,511

 

 C: 
 94 
 

 

 

NOTE E – Treasury Investments

As part of its overall portfolio management strategy, the Bank invests in government, agency, supranational, bank and corporate obligations, time deposits, mortgage and asset-backed securities, funded risk participation program, secured lending transactions, resale agreements and related derivative instruments including futures, forward contracts, cross-currency swaps, interest rate swaps, options and short sales.

For government, agency and supranational obligations with final maturity longer than 1 year and less than 15 years, the Bank may only invest in obligations with counterparties having a minimum credit rating of AA- or unconditionally guaranteed by governments of member countries or other official entities with the same rating criteria.

For maturities beyond 15 years and up to 30 years, a AAA rating is required. For mortgage and asset- backed securities, the Bank may only invest in securities with a AAA credit rating. For bank and corporate obligations with final maturity longer than 6 months and less than 5 years, the Bank may only invest with counterparties having a minimum credit rating of AA-. AAA rating is required for debt obligations beyond 5 years and up to 10 years. The purchases of currency or interest rate options are permitted only if the life of the option contract does not exceed 1 year. Such transactions are only executed with counterparties with credit ratings of AA- or above. All derivative transactions, including options, cross-currency and interest rate swaps including asset swap transactions, are only permitted with approved counterparties or guaranteed by entities with which the Bank has entered into Master Derivative Agreements and a Collateral Support Agreement with minimum credit ratings of A-/A3 at the time of the transaction.

As at December 31, 2021, the Bank had received collateral with fair value of UA 358 million (December 2020: UA 858.04 million) in connection with swap agreements. This amount was in the form of cash and has been recorded on the balance sheet with a corresponding liability included in “Other accounts payable”.

The composition of treasury investments as at 31 December 2021 and December 2020 was as follows:

 

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Treasury investments at amortized cost 6,275,994 5,486,111
Provision for impairment on investments (298) (233)
  6,275,696 5,485,878
Treasury investments mandatorily measured at FVTPL 3,518,204 3,339,940
Total treasury investments 9,793,900 8,825,818

 

 

 

Treasury Investments at Amortized Cost

A summary of the Bank’s treasury investments at amortized cost at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 was as follows:

(UA millions)

  US Dollar Euro CNY Other Currencies All Currencies
  2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
Government and Agency obligations 1,202.89 842.40 938.42 769.61 808.28 628.79 808.71 676.82 3,758.30 2,917.62
Financial Institutions 107.24 94.06 95.13 94.06 202.37
Supranational 1,269.4 1,110.02 649.7 752.86 132.98 135.79 371.56 367.45 2,423.64 2,366.12
Total 2,472.29 1,952.42 1,588.12 1,629.71 941.26 764.58 1,274.33 1,139.40 6,276.00 5,486.11

 

 C: 
 95 
 

 

 

 

The nominal value of treasury investments at amortized cost as of 31 December 2021 is UA 6,099.19 million (31 December 2020: UA 5,299.69). The average yield of treasury investments at amortized cost for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 1.59 percent (31 December 2020: 1.61 percent).

The contractual maturity structure of treasury investments at amortized cost as at 31 December 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

(UA millions)

  2021 2020
One year or less 544.07 464.71
More than one year but less than two years 602.63 8.45
More than two years but less than three years 654.86 542.73
More than three years but less than four years 666.30 598.59
More than four years but less than five years 628.47 660.01
More than five years 3,179.67 3,211.62
Total 6,276.00 5,486.11

 

The fair value of treasury investments at amortized cost as of 31 December 2021 was UA 6,209.18 million (31 December 2020: UA 5,619.39 million).

Treasury Investments mandatorily measured at FVTPL

A summary of the Bank’s treasury investments at FVTPL at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as follows:

(UA millions)

  US Dollar Euro CNY Other Currencies All Currencies
  2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020 2021 2020
Time deposits 226.38 82.94 94.02 41.17 320.40 124.11
Asset-backed securities 3.83 4.64 3.83 4.64
Government and Agency obligations 1,933.76 1,446.40 212.05 283.58 39.37 6.69 17.37 61.61 2,202.55 1,798.28
Corporate bonds 0.01 10.73 46.40 65.96 46.41 76.69
Financial Institutions 462.52 703.25 188.02 479.18 19.24 669.78 1,182.43
Supranational 267.08 138.22 8.15 12.84 2.73 275.23 153.79
Total 2,893.58 2,386.18 454.62 841.56 39.37 6.69 130.63 105.51 3,518.20 3,339.94

 

The nominal value of treasury investments mandatorily measured at FVTPL as of 31 December 2021 was UA 3,498.47 million (31 December 2020: UA 3,276.20 million). The average yield of treasury investments mandatorily measured at FVTPL for the year ended 31 December 2021 was 0.47 percent (31 December 2020: 3.38 percent).

The contractual maturity structure of treasury investments mandatorily measured at FVTPL as of 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as follows:

(UA millions)

  2021 2020
One year or less 2,367.61 2,432.10
More than one year but less than two years 345.97 670.82
More than two years but less than three years 761.11 232.40
More than three years but less than four years 39.70 0.01
More than four years but less than five years 0.18
More than five years 3.81 4.43
Total 3,518.20 3,339.94

 

 C: 
 96 
 

 

 

NOTE F – Derivative Assets and Liabilities

The fair value of derivative financial assets and financial liabilities as at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
Borrowings-related:        
Cross-currency swaps 550,495 735,617 978,451 718,602
Interest rate swaps 237,772 120,721 549,920 25,781
Loan swaps 31,573 92,666 10,691 179,336
  819,840 949,004 1,539,062 923,719
Investments-related:        
Asset swaps 11 37
Macro-hedge swaps and others 6,093 5,450
  6,104 5,487
Total 825,944 949,004 1,544,549 923,719

 

The notional amounts of derivative financial assets and liabilities as at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Borrowings-related:    
Cross-currency swaps 12,755,504 11,280,584
Interest rate swaps 18,975,310 18,922,080
Loan swaps 3,043,000 2,357,083
  34,773,814 32,559,747
Investments-related:    
Asset swaps 1,327 (1,290)
Macro-hedge swaps 20,770
  1,327 19,480
Total 34,775,141 32,579,227

 

 

Loan Swaps

The Bank has entered into interest rate swaps to effectively convert fixed rate income on loans in certain currencies into variable

rate income.

Futures Contracts

The Bank has entered into futures contracts to hedge fixed interest rate bonds against interest rate variations. As at 31 December 2021, the Bank had futures with a notional value of Euro 1,211 million (UA 979 million) and USD 14,076 million (UA 10,057 million). The carrying values of the Euro and US dollars futures was a positive market value of Euro 0.83 million (UA 0.67 million) and a negative market value of USD 1.13 million (UA 0.81 million) respectively.

Forward Exchange Transactions to Hedge

To insulate the Bank from possible significant increases in administrative expenses that could arise from an appreciation of the principal currencies of administrative expenditure (i.e., EUR, GBP, CFA Franc and USD vis-ŕ-vis the UA), the Bank executed forward exchange transactions to economically hedge its administrative expenses. As at 31 December 2021 there were no open positions with respect to forward exchange transactions.

 C: 
 97 
 

 

 

 

Hedge Accounting

The Bank applies fair value hedge accounting to interest rate swaps contracted to hedge its interest rate risk exposure associated to fixed rate loans. Changes in the fair value of the derivative hedging instruments are recognized in profit or loss. The hedged item is adjusted to reflect changes in its fair value in respect of the risk being hedged with the gain or loss attributable to the hedged risk being recognized in profit or loss.

The fair value of the loan swaps designated and effective as hedging instruments as at 31 December 2021 was a liability of UA 63.72 million. The fair value gain on these loan swaps for the year ended 31 December 2021 was UA 111.28 million. The fair value loss on the hedged loans attributable to the hedged risk was UA 111.75 million. Therefore, the hedge effectiveness recognized in profit or loss was a loss of UA 0.47 million.

Hedge accounting treatment for swaps at the designation date requires the amortization of the difference between the net carrying amount of loans and their fair value from inception. For the year ended December 2021, the amortization of fair value adjustment on the hedged risk amounted to UA 2.42 million (December 2020: UA 3.49 million).

 

NOTE G – Loans and Guarantees

Loans

The Bank’s loan portfolio comprises loans granted to or guaranteed by borrowing member countries as well as certain other non- sovereign-guaranteed loans. Amounts disbursed on loans are repayable in the currency or currencies disbursed by the Bank or in other freely convertible currency or currencies approved by the Bank. The amount repayable in each of these currencies shall be equal to the amount disbursed in the original currency. Loans are granted for a maximum period of twenty years, including a grace period, which is typically the period of project implementation. Loans are for the purpose of financing development projects and programs and are not intended for sale. Furthermore, management does not believe there is a comparable secondary market for the type of loans made by the Bank.

The types of loans currently held by the Bank and the terms applicable are described below:

Loan Portfolio: The Bank’s loan portfolio is currently made up of three primary types of loans based on the financial terms: fixed rate, floating rate and variable rate loans. Fixed rate and variable rate loans have both multicurrency and single currency terms – that is, they are offered in multi-currencies or in a single currency. While floating rate loans only bear single currency terms.

Other Loans: The Bank also offers parallel co-financing and A/B loan syndications. Through syndications the Bank is able to mobilize co-financing by transferring some or all of the risks associated with its loans and guarantees to other financing partners. Thus, syndications decrease and diversify the risk profile of the Bank’s financing portfolio. Syndications may be on a funded or unfunded basis and may be arranged on an individual, portfolio, or any other basis consistent with industry practices.

The Bank also offers its RMCs local currency loans if the Bank is able to fund efficiently in the local currency market. The local currency loans are offered under the fixed spread loan pricing framework with a “cost-pass-through” principle to ensure that the overall cost of funds is compensated.

At 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, outstanding loans were as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Outstanding balance of loans – Gross 20,661,961 21,326,142
Provision for impairment (559,568) (497,413)
Outstanding loans at amortized cost 20,102,393 20,828,729
     
Outstanding loans at fair value 17,095
Total Outstanding Loans at 31 December 20,102,393 20,845,824

 

2021       2020

 C: 
 98 
 

 

 

 

Classification of Loans

At 31 December 2021 and 2020, the carrying values of net outstanding loans were as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Loans at amortized cost    
Fixed rate loans 3,617,010 3,119,855
Floating rate loans 16,907,897 18,034,743
Variable rate loans 137,054 171,544
Gross Loans 20,661,961 21,326,142
Provision for impairment (559,568) (497,413)
Outstanding loans at amortized cost 20,102,393 20,828,729
Outstanding loans at fair value 17,095
Total Outstanding Loans at 31 December 20,102,393 20,845,824

The Bank is exposed to a loan that is measured at FVTPL due to the existence of a conversion option in the loan that could potentially change the future cash flows to no longer represent solely payments of principal and interest as required by IFRS 9. Accordingly, the fair value of this loan, and similar loans, is determined using the expected cash flows model with inputs including interest rates and the borrower’s credit spread estimated based on the Bank’s internal rating methodology for non- sovereign loans. During the year, the fair value of the loan was determined as zero due to changes in the key valuation inputs. Subsequent changes in the key valuation inputs would lead to impairment gains that would be recognized in the income statement.

Maturity and Currency Composition of Outstanding Loans

The contractual maturity structure of total outstanding loans (on gross basis) as at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 was as follows:

(UA millions)

    2021 2020
Periods Fixed Rate Floating Rate Variable Rate Total Total
One year or less 432.64 1,529.00 137.05 2,098.69 2,180.56
More than one year but less than two years 335.43 1,334.68 1,670.11 1,763.27
More than two years but less than three years 333.23 1,360.61 1,693.84 1,687.93
More than three years but less than four years 297.38 1,437.26 1,734.64 1,664.00
More than four years but less than five years 309.67 1,373.94 1,683.61 1,673.79
More than five years 1,908.65 9,872.42 11,781.07 12,373.69
Gross Outstanding Loans 3,617.01 16,907.90 137.05 20,661.96 21,343.24

 

 C: 
 99 
 

 

 

 

Borrowers may repay loans before their contractual maturity, subject to the terms specified in the loan agreements. The currency composition and types of outstanding loans (on gross basis) as at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as follows:

(UA millions)

      2021   2020  
      Amount % Amount %
Fixed Rate: Multi-Currency Euro   0.38  
    Japanese Yen   11.68  
    Pound Sterling   0.05  
    Swiss Franc   0.17  
    US Dollar 58.54   61.39  
      58.54 0.28 73.66 0.35
  Single Currency Euro 1,411.28   1,465.92  
    Japanese Yen    
    South African Rand 27.74   30.20  
    US Dollar 546.79   628.82  
    Others 9.54   14.03  
      1,995.35 9.66 2,138.96 10.02
  Structured Products Euro 1,563.12   924.32  
    US Dollar    
    South African Rand    
      1,563.12 7.57 924.32 4.33
Floating Rate: Single Currency Euro 3,047.51   3,845.23  
    Pound Sterling 0.53   0.83  
    Japanese Yen 43.49   76.76  
    South African Rand 1,033.87   1,225.55  
    US Dollar 4,841.30   6,172.59  
    Others 0.31   0.89  
      8,967.01 43.40 11,321.50 53.04
  Structured Products Euro 3,895.99   3,774.90  
    US Dollar 3,138.99   2,251.73  
    South African Rand 905.91   686.62  
      7,940.89 38.43 6,713.25 31.45
Variable Rate: Multi-Currency US Dollar 137.05   133.18  
      137.05 0.66 133.18 0.62
  Single Currency Euro   7.02  
    Japanese Yen   16.17  
    Swiss Franc   1.05  
    US Dollar   14.12  
      38.36 0.18
Gross Outstanding Loans     20,661.96 100.00 21,343.24 100.00

 

 

 

 C: 
 100 
 

 

 

 

The weighted average yield on outstanding loans (on gross basis) for the year ended 31 December 2021 was 1.56 percent (31 December 2020: 2.56 percent).

A comparative summary of the currency composition of outstanding loans at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as

follows:

(UA millions)

  2021 2020
  Amount % Amount %
 Euro 9,917.89 48.00 10,017.77 46.94
 Japanese Yen 43.49 0.21 104.61 0.49
 Pound Sterling 0.53. 0.88.    
 South African Rand 1,967.51 9.52 1,942.01 9.10
 Swiss Franc 1.22 0.01
 US Dollar 8,722.69 42.22 9,261.83 43.39
 Others 9.85 0.05 14.92 0.07
Gross Outstanding Loans 20,661.96 100.00 21,343.24 100.00

 

Accounts Receivable

Accrued Income and Charges Receivable on Loans including Other Accounts Receivable

The accrued income and charges receivable on loans as at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Accrued income and charges receivable on loans 520,416 610,731
Provision for impairment (297,097) (334,251)
Total loan receivable 223,319 276,480
Other accounts receivable 954,910 314,293
Total Accounts Receivable 1,178,229 590,773

 

Provision for Impairment on Loan Principal and Charges Receivable

At 31 December 2021, outstanding loans with an aggregate principal balance of UA 679.04 million (31 December 2020: UA 587.89 million), of which UA 223.48 million (31 December 2020: UA 272.53 million) was overdue, were considered to be impaired.

The gross amounts of loans and charges receivable that were impaired and their cumulative impairment at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Outstanding balance on impaired loans 679,046 587,894
Provision for impairment (Stage 3 only) (433,210) (333,075)
Net balance on impaired loans 245,836 254,819

 

 C: 
 101 
 

 

 

 

The movements in the accumulated provision for impairment on outstanding loan principal for the year ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Balance as at 1 January 497,413 454,940
Provision for impairment on loan principal for the year (net) 62,047 47,675
Loans written off (5,112)
Translation effects 108 (90)
Net balance 559,568 497,413

Accumulated provisions for impairment on outstanding loan principal included the provisions relating to public and private sector loans. During the year ended 31 December 2021, provisions for impairment made on private sector loans amounted to UA 88.72 million compared with UA 107.57 million for the year ended 31 December 2020. The accumulated provisions on private sector loans at 31 December 2021 amounted to UA 420.69 million compared with UA 331.97 million at 31 December 2020.

The movements in the accumulated provision for impairment on loan interest and charges receivable for the year ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Balance at January 1 334,283 322,006
Provision/(Writeback) on impairment on loan charges for the year (net) (37,078) 12,187
Translation effects (108) 90
Net Balance 297,097 334,283

Accumulated provisions for impairment on loan interest and charges receivable included the provisions relating to public and private sector loans. During the year ended 31 December 2021, a provision for impairment was made on interest and charges receivable on private sector loans in the amount of UA 19.86 million (31 December 2020: UA 17.95 million). The accumulated provision on interest and charges receivable on private sector loans at 31 December 2021 amounted to UA 58.66 million (31 December 2020: UA 38.81 million).

Guarantees

The Bank may enter into special irrevocable commitments to pay amounts to borrowers or other parties for goods and services to be financed under loan agreements. At 31 December 2021, outstanding irrevocable reimbursement guarantees issued by the Bank to commercial banks on undisbursed loans amounted to UA 19.12 million (31 December 2020: UA 43.59 million).

Also, the Bank provides trade finance and repayment guarantees to entities within its regional member countries for development loans granted to such entities by third parties. Guarantees represent potential risk to the Bank if the payments guaranteed for an entity are not made. Trade finance and repayment guarantees provided by the Bank outstanding at 31 December 2021 amounted to UA 537.9 million (31 December 2020: UA 740.38 million).

The accumulated ECL calculated on the trade finance guarantees issued by the Bank as at 31 December 2021 was UA 1.38 million (31 December 2020: UA 1.21 million).

Other than the guarantees above issued to other entities, the Bank in 2015 entered into guarantee contracts referred to as EEAs, covering certain of its loans whereby it gives as well as receives compensation in case there is a default in any of the specified loans.

In addition to EEAs, since 2018, the Bank has entered into Balance Sheet Optimization (BSO) transactions which are expected to release risk capital and create additional lending headroom. These transactions involve credit insurance, credit enhancement and synthetic securitization. Like the EEAs, these transactions are accounted for as financial guarantees. The details of BSO initiatives are provided in Note C.

The Bank has purchased credit enhancement facilities from the PSF for some of its non-sovereign loans. As at 31 December 2021, the maximum coverage amounts of non-sovereign loans by PSF amounted to UA 475.66 million (31 December 2020: UA 430.12 million).

The total cost of BSO coverage for the year ended 31 December 2021 was UA 16.27 million (31 December 2020: UA 23.38 million).

 C: 
 102 
 

 

 

NOTE H – Equity Participations

Investment in ADF

The ADF was established in 1972 as an international institution to assist the Bank in contributing to the economic and social development of African countries, to promote cooperation and increase international trade particularly among the African countries, and to provide financing on highly concessional terms for such purposes. The Fund’s original subscriptions were provided by the Bank and the original State Participants to the ADF Agreement, and State Participants acceding to the Agreement since the original signing date. Thereafter, further subscriptions were received from participants in the form of Special General Increases and General Replenishments.

The ADF has a 14-member Board of Directors, made up of 7 members selected by the African Development Bank and 7 members selected by State Participants. The Fund’s Board of Directors reports to the Board of Governors made up of representatives of the State Participants and the ADB. The President of the Bank is the ex-officio President of the Fund.

To carry out its functions, the Fund utilizes the offices, staff, organization, services and facilities of the Bank, for which it pays a share of the administrative expenses. The share of administrative expenses paid by the Fund to the Bank is calculated annually on the basis of a cost-sharing formula, approved by the Board of Directors, which is driven in large part by the number of programs and projects executed during the year. Based on the cost-sharing formula, the share of administrative expenses incurred by ADF for the year end 31 December 2021 amounted to UA 218.56 million (31 December 2020: UA 230.35 million), representing

51.29 percent (December 2020: 61.33 percent) of the shareable administrative expenses incurred by the Bank. The accounts of the ADF are kept separate and distinct from those of the Bank.

Although the ADB by agreement exercises 50 percent of the voting powers in the ADF, the Agreement establishing the ADF also provides that in the event of termination of the ADF’s operations, the assets of the Fund shall be distributed pro-rata to its participants in proportion to the amounts paid-in by them on account of their subscriptions, after settlement of any outstanding claims against the participants. At 31 December 2021, the Bank’s pro-rata or economic share in ADF was 0.36 percent (31 December 2020: 0.37 percent).

Notwithstanding the exercise of 50 percent voting power in the Fund by the Bank, the conditions for control under IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements are not met since the Bank does not have absolute voting interest to control ADF, rights to variable returns from its relationship with ADF and its economic interest in the Fund is less than 1 percent. Consequently, the Fund was not consolidated in the Bank’s Financial Statements.

As a result of the implementation in 2006 of the Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative (MDRI), the net asset value of ADF which is the basis for determining the value of the Bank’s investment in the Fund declined, resulting in impairment loss on the Bank’s investment. The net assets of ADF is made up of its net development resources less outstanding demand obligations plus disbursed and outstanding loans excluding balances due from countries that have reached their Heavily Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) completion points and, are therefore due for MDRI loan cancelation at the balance sheet date.

Other Equity Participations

The Bank may take equity positions in privately owned productive enterprises and financial intermediaries, public sector companies that are in the process of being privatized or regional and sub regional institutions. The Bank’s objective in such equity investments is to promote the economic development of its Regional Member Countries and, in particular, the development of their private sectors. The Bank’s equity participation is also intended to promote efficient use of resources, promoting African participation, playing a catalytic role in attracting other investors and lenders and mobilizing the flow of domestic and external resources to financially viable projects, which also have significant economic merit.

Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Bank’s equity participation shall not exceed 25 percent of the equity capital of the entity in which it invests. The Bank does not seek a controlling interest in the companies in which it invests, but closely monitors its equity investments through Board representation. In accordance with the Board of Governors’ Resolution B/ BG/2009/10 of 13 May 2009, total equity investment by the Bank shall not at any time exceed 15 percent of the aggregate amount of the Bank’s paid-in capital and reserves and surplus (risk capital) included in its ordinary capital resources.

Under IFRS 9, equity investments must be measured at fair value through profit or loss. However, where the equity investment is not held for trading, an entity has the option to take fair value changes into Other Comprehensive Income (OCI), with no recycling of the change in fair value to profit or loss if the investment is subsequently derecognized. As the Bank’s equity investments are currently held for strategic purposes of enhancing development in Regional Member Countries rather than for trading, the Bank has opted to designate all its equity investments as at FVOCI.

The Bank’s equity interests at the end of 2021 and 31 December 2020 are summarized below:

 C: 
 103 
 

Financial Report 2021 

(UA thousands)

      Carrying Value
Institutions Year Established Callable capital 2021 2020
Investment in ADF 1972   111,741 111,741
 Accumulated share of profit/ (loss) & impairment on 1 January (51,878) (49,980)
 Share of losses on equity accounted investments for the year (241) (184)
 Impairment for the year (264) (1,713)
  59,358 59,864
DIRECT INVESTMENTS        
Development Finance Institutions
 Africa Prudential PLC 2015 172 179
 Africa50 – Project Development 2016 7,744 3,124 2,635
 Africa50 – Project Finance 2015 17,862 53,296 51,516
 African Export and Import Bank (AFREXIM) 1993 19,383 88,290 75,875
 African Guarantee Fund (AGF) 2011 3,572 9,783 9,451
 Afriland Properties PLC 2015 32 44
 Central African Development Bank (BDEAC) 1975 2,217 2,235 2,141
 Development Bank of Nigeria 2018 59,983 57,667
 East African Development Bank (EADB) 1967 10,003 17,579 16,561
 Eastern and Southern African Trade and Development Bank (PTA) 1985 53,730 101,073 82,613
 Great Lakes Development Bank (BDEGL)* 1980 1,000 2,995 2,958
 Shelter Afrique (SHAF) 1982 7,394 7,185
 The Currency Exchange (TCX) 2007 22,383
 United Capital PLC 2015 1,074 541
 West African Development Bank (BOAD) 1973 5,544 6,162 7,448
    121,055 353,192 339,197
Commercial Banks        
 United Bank for Africa 1961 7,208 8,191
    7,208 8,191
Microfinance Institutions        
 AB Microfinance Bank Nigeria Limited 2007 1,174 1,380
 Access Bank Liberia Limited 2008 951 902
 Access Bank Tanzania Limited 2007 2 111 294
 Advans Banque Congo 2008 439
 MicroCred Côte d’Ivoire S.A. 2013 3,379
    2 2,236 6,394
Insurance
 Africa Trade Insurance Agency 2013 14,817 13,393
 Africa-Re 1977 61,113 57,172
 Eastern and Southern African Reinsurance Company (ZEP-RE) 2011 25,041 23,365
    100,971 93,930
TOTAL DIRECT INVESTMENTS   121,057 463,607 447,712


FUNDS
 Adiwale 2019 7,988 1,352 212
 ADP III 2020 17,835 1,041 1,190
 AFIG Fund II LP 2016 2,112 14,196 11,291
 Africa Capital Works Holdings 2018 7,125 2,415 2,122
 Africa Capitalization Fund 2010 112
 Africa Finance Corporation (AFC) 2019 36,983 31,843
 Africa Forestry Fund II Limited 2020 11,562 2,354 2,360
 Africa Health Fund LLC 2009 2,426 917 1,202
 Africa Joint Investment Fund 2010 248
 Africa Renewable Energy Fund L.P 2014 185 21,589 19,720
 African Agriculture Fund LLC 2010 525 4,815 11,212
 African Domestic Bond Fund- 2018 12,146 5,943 3,139
 African Infrastructure Investment Fund 2 (AIIF2) 2009 1,899 13,019 11,669
 African Infrastructure Investment Fund 2 (AIIF3) 2019 835 26,729 20,811
 AfricInvest FIVE 2019 2,526 8,225 5,465
 AfricInvest Fund 2 (AFRICINVEST2) 2008 221 2,180 3,848
 AfricInvest Fund 3 (AFRICINVEST3) 2016 1,494 12,376 12,883
 AFS LP 2018 3,437 6,665 3,416
 Agri-Vie Fund (AGRIVIE) 2008 2,039 3,781
 AIF 2019 8,380 4,444 4,949
 Alitheia IDF Fund 2020 6,487 1,321 625
 APIS Growth Fund I Africa LP 2017 4,282 13,893 10,392
 Arch African Renewable Power Fund LP(ARPF) 2019 12,708 6,538 3,984
 Argan Infrastructure Fund (ARGAN) 2010 1,674 5,477 2,843
 Arm-Harith Infrastructure Investments Limited 2015 4,916 2,882 2,170
 Atlantic Coast Regional Fund (ACRF) 2008 2,609 2,747 3,164
 Aureos Africa Fund (AUREOS) 2007 3,055 724 1,746
 Azur Innovation Fund 2020 2,136 280 106
 BOOST PAF I 2019 1,872 7,920 1,709
 Business Partners International Southern Africa SME Fund 2014 1,086 1,043 1,865
 Carlyle Sub-Saharan Africa 2012 383 34,173 22,695
 Catalyst Fund (CATALYST) 2010 4 1,978 224
 Catalyst II 2018 4,883 2,082 4,410
 Cauris Croissance II Fund 2012 937 1,213 1,451
 Construction Equity Fund (CEF) 2019 16,458 7,534 6,139
 ECP Africa Fund 4 (ECP4) 2017 2,697 11,604 14,293
 ECP Africa Fund 2 (ECP2) 2005 3,396 2,429 11,836
 ECP Africa Fund 3 (ECP3) 2008 26,497 35,479
 Eight Miles LLP 2012 2,525 9,371
 Enko Africa Private Equity Fund 2014 2,590 4,550 5,861
 Evolution Fund II (Mauritius) LP 2018 6,424 8,760 5,640
 Evolution One Fund (EVOLUTION ONE) 2010 60 160 150
 FEI-OGEF LP 2019 4,067 2,728 1,901
 FEI Ongrid 2020 23,367 1,445 337
 Fund for Agricultural Finance in Nigeria (FAFIN) 2017 1,201 3,765 2,745
 GEF Africa Sustainable Forestry Fund (GEF) 2011 390 8,135 9,082
 GroFin Africa Fund (GROFIN) 2008 1,978 79 828
 Helios Investors II Fund (HELIOS2) 2011 1,365 21,649 20,946
 I & P Afrique Entrepreneurs 2012 396 2,732 3,715
 I & P AFRIQUE ENTREPRENEURS 2020 3,462 1,410 1,155
 Investment Fund for Health in Africa (IFHA) 2010 427 1,495 305
 IPDEV II 2018 1,937 1,301 1,061
 Kibo Fund II 2014 9,203 7,700
 Kukuza Project Development Company 2017 2,858
 Maghreb Private Equity Fund 3 (MPEF4) 2019 6,159 9,880 6,068
 Maghreb Private Equity Fund 2 (MPEF2) 2008 38 1,537 1,641
 Maghreb Private Equity Fund 3 (MPEF3) 2012 730 6,052 8,497
 MEDITERRANIA CAPITAL FUND III 2017 1,233 8,765 9,241
 Metier Sustainable Capital International Fund II L 2020 11,963 2,605 344
 Moringa Mauritius Africa 2016 1,601 3,169 3,928
 Nigeria Infrastructure Debt Fund 2020 4 7,025 7,588
 Pan African Housing Fund (PAHF) 2013 942 1,285 1,160
 Pan African Infrastructure Development Fund 1 (PAIDF1) 2007 0 31,457 29,107
 Pan African Infrastructure Development Fund 2 (PAIDF2) 2014 15,765 4,378 925
 PHATISA 2018 3,727 56 2,869
 Shore Capital Fund III 2018 6,399 2,602 2,382
 TIDE AFRICA LP FUND 2017 83 7,062 2,390
 VEROD 2019 6,604 3,858 3,472
 West Africa Emerging Markets Fund (WAEMF) 2011 377 2,950 2,935
TOTAL FUNDS   256,671 460,238 429,698
TOTAL DIRECT INVESTMENT AND FUNDS   377,728 923,846 877,410
GRAND TOTAL   377,728 983,204 937,274

 

* Amounts fully disbursed, but the value is less than UA 100, at the current exchange rate.

The cost of equity investments (excluding ADF) carried at fair value at 31 December 2021 amounted to UA 739.9 million (2020: UA 790.6 million).

 C: 
 104 
 

 

 

Note I – Property, equipment and intangible assets

(UA thousands)

2021 Land Capital Work in Progress Building and Improve- ments RoU Assets Building and Improve- ments Equipment & Motor Vehicles Furniture, Fixtures &Fittings Total Property & Equipment Computer Software Property, Equipment & Intangible Assets
Cost:                  
Balance at January 1 852 3,693 100,248 35,634 101,089 19,715 261,231 41,457 302,688
Transfer (1,632) 1,632
Additions during the year 65 3,298 430 9,182 1,320 1,139 15,434 1,505 16,939
Disposals during the year (1,415) (366) (1,781) (1,781)
Balance at December 31 917 5,359 100,678 44,816 102,626 20,488 274,884 42,962 317,846
                 
Accumulated Depreciation:                  
Balance at January 1 45,815 21,544 78,030 18,214 163,603 34,831 198,434
Depreciation during the year 6,683 12,939 8,027 648 28,297 4,451 32,748
Disposals during the year (1,401) (365) (1,766) (1,766)
Balance at December 31 52,498 34,483 84,656 18,497 190,134 39,282 229,416
NBV: December 31 917 5,359 48,180 10,333 17,970 1,991 84,750 3,680 88,430

 

(UA thousands)

2020 Land Capital Work in Progress Building and Improve- ments RoU Assets Building and Improve- ments Equipment & Motor Vehicles Furniture, Fixtures &Fittings Total Property & Equipment Computer Software Property, Equipment & Intangible Assets
Cost:                  
Balance at January 1 741 11,386 82,392 16,562 95,536 19,264 225,881 39,567 265,448
Transfer (9,330) 5,024 3,319 103 (884) 884
Additions during the year 111 1,637 12,832 19,072 4,147 449 38,248 1,007 39,255
Disposals during the year (1,913) (101) (2,014)(1)   (2,015)
Balance at December 31 852 3,693 100,248 35,634 101,089 19,715 261,231 41,457 302,688
                   
Accumulated Depreciation:                  
Balance at January 1 39,777 8,883 71,490 17,264 137,414 29,799 167,213
Depreciation during the year 6,038 12,661 8,381 1,050 28,130 5,033 33,163
Disposals during the year (1,841) (100) (1,941)(1)   (1,942)
Balance at December 31 45,815 21,544 78,030 18,214 163,603 34,831 198,434
NBV: December 31 852 3,693 54,433 14,090 23,059 1,501 97,628 6,626 104,254

 

 

 

 C: 
 105 
 

 

 

 

The land on which the HQ building stands was originally granted for the unlimited use by the Bank, but with ownership retained by the Government of Côte d’Ivoire. However, in 2013, the Government of Côte d’Ivoire agreed to transfer the title of the land to the Bank.

The Bank has completed all the formalities for the transfer including registration by the Registrar of Lands in Côte d’Ivoire. The monitoring of the process with the Registrar of Lands was somewhat slowed down due to the COVID-19 pandemic. However, in accordance with the administrative process, on registration in the Land Register, the Registrar of Lands is expected to transmit his approval to the Ministry of Construction for delivery of the original of the title deed (ACD) to the Bank.

Set out below, are the carrying amounts of the Banks right-of-use assets and lease liabilities and the movements during the year:

 

(UA thousands)

  Right of
use asset
Lease
liabilities
As at 1 January 2021 14,090 13,741
Additions 9,182 10,134
Depreciation expense (12,939)
Payments (14,528)
As at 31 December 2021 10,333 9,347

NOTE J – Borrowings

As at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, the Bank’s borrowings were as follows:

(UA millions)

  2021 2020
Borrowings at fair value 24,801.33 24,675.74
Borrowings at amortized cost 314.37 414.36
Total 25,115.70 25,090.10

 

The Bank’s borrowings as at 31 December 2021 included subordinated borrowings in the amount of UA 78.50 million (31 December 2020: UA 76.28 million).

The capital adequacy framework approved by the Board of Directors adopted the use of a single debt to usable capital ratio to monitor the Bank’s leverage. The ratio caps the Bank’s total outstanding debt at 100 percent of usable capital. Usable capital comprises the equity of the Bank and the callable capital of its non-borrowing members rated A- or better. The Bank’s usable capital at 31 December 2021 was 58.83 billion (31 December 2020: UA 44.51 billion).

The Bank uses derivatives in its borrowing and liability management activities to take advantage of cost-saving opportunities and to lower its funding costs. Certain long-term borrowing agreements contain provisions that allow redemption at the option of the holder at specified dates prior to maturity.

Such borrowings are reflected in the tables on the maturity structure of borrowings using the put dates, rather than the contractual maturities. Management believes, however, that a portion of such borrowings may remain outstanding beyond their earliest indicated redemption dates.

The Bank has entered into cross-currency swap agreements with major international banks through which proceeds from borrowings are converted into a different currency and include a forward exchange contract providing for the future exchange of the two currencies in order to recover the currency converted. The Bank has also entered into interest rate swaps, which transform a floating rate payment obligation in a particular currency into a fixed rate payment obligation or vice-versa.

 C: 
 106 
 

 

 

 

A summary of the Bank’s borrowings portfolio at 31 December 2021 and 2020 was as follows:

Borrowings and Swaps at 31 December 2021

(Amounts in UA millions)

    Direct Borrowings Currency Swap Agreements(a) Interest Rate Swaps
Currency Rate Type Carried at Fair Value Carried at Amortized Cost Weighted. Average Cost(b)
(%)
Weighted Average Maturity (Years) Amount Payable/ (Receivable) Wgtd. Average Cost(b)
(%)
Average Maturity (Years) Notional Amount Payable/ (Receivable) Weighted Average Cost(b)
(%)
Average Maturity (Years)
Euro Fixed 4,278.05 0.49 5.37
  213.78 1.38 12.94 3,940.27 0.45 5.77
Adjustable (5,150.93) 0.49 2.30 (3,940.27) 0.45 5.77
  121.21 (0.63) 2.93
GBP Fixed 1,129.30 0.66 3.89
  1,151.82 0.66 3.90 (13.76) 0.88 0.92
Adjustable 13.76 0.25 0.92
   
Japanese Yen Fixed 1,037.28 63.32 0.61 20.12
  1,014.05 0.75 19.87
Adjustable 369.89 3.43 3.09 (19.92) (0.70) 5.69 (13.76) (0.48) 3.32
      363.16 3.46 3.15 13.76 2.21 3.32
US Dollar Fixed 12,211.36 221.49 1.67 2.21
    178.62 5.42 2.78 11,955.02 1.48 2.25
Adjustable 54.31 1.88 3.01 (5,977.65) 0.04 7.12 (14,138.29) 0.28 2.10
      4,144.81 0.12 3.50 2,198.14 0.55 1.32
Others(d) Fixed 5,348.54 0.49 2.76 4.03
    4,988.34 2.78 3.67 868.12 0.82 19.48
Adjustable 372.59 31.24 3.02 5.18 (1,826.50) 3.76 5.51 (335.67) 3.62 10.72
      580.39 2.13 6.21
Total Fixed 24,004.54 285.30 1.60 4.04
  7,546.69 2.21 6.12 16,763.40 1.20 3.73
Adjustable 796.79 31.24 3.13 4.26 (12,975.00) 0.35 4.98 (18,427.99) 0.16 2.83
    5,209.58 0.35 3.76 2,211.91 0.56 1.33
Principal at face value 24,801.33 316.53 1.66 4.05 (218.73) 547.32
Net unamortized premium/Discount (2.16) (923.50) 164.76
    24,801.33 314.37 1.66 4.05 (1,142.23) 712.08
Fair valuation adjustment (183,979.75)(c) 116,338.54(c)  
Total   24,801.33 314.37 1.66 4.05 (185,121.98) 117,050.63

 

 

Supplementary disclosure (direct borrowings):

The carrying amount of borrowings at 31 December 2021 was UA 24,801.33 million and the estimated fair value was UA 25,130.09 million.

(a)Currency swap agreements include cross-currency interest rate swaps.
(b)The average repricing period of the net currency obligations for adįustable-rate borrowings was six months. The rates indicated are those prevailing at 31 December 2021.
(c)These amounts are included in derivative assets and liabilities on the balance sheet.

(d)  These amounts relate mainly to borrowings and derivatives in AUD, CHF, NZD, TRY and ZAR. Slight differences may occur in totals due to rounding.

 C: 
 107 
 

 

 

Borrowings and Swaps at 31 December 2020

(Amounts in UA millions)

 

    Direct Borrowings Currency Swap Agreements(a) Interest Rate Swaps
Currency Rate Type Carried at Fair Value Carried at Amortized Cost Weighted. Average Cost(b)
(%)
Weighted Average Maturity (Years) Amount Payable/ (Receivable) Wgtd. Average Cost(b)
(%)
Average Maturity (Years) Notional Amount Payable/ (Receivable) Weighted Average Cost(b)
(%)
Average Maturity (Years)
Euro Fixed 4,545.81 0.49 6.42            
      (170.84) 1.51 15.31 (4,118.77) 0.45 5.77
Adjustable 4,775.07 0.48 2.01 4,118.77 (0.45) 5.77
    (126.71) (0.51) 3.92
GBP Fixed 891.60   0.82 0.77
  (652.24) 0.80 0.72 (232.94) 0.88 0.92
Adjustable 232.94 0.25 0.92
    (232.94) 0.25 0.92
Japanese Yen Fixed 1,139.72 136.20 0.69 16.81
  (1,161.01) 0.83 16.67
Adjustable 424.97 3.07 3.40 20.23 (0.66) 6.77 14.74 (0.44) 4.28
      (408.56) 3.35 3.15 (14.74) 1.17 4.28
US Dollar Fixed 11,779.02 215.24 2.10 1.65
  (520.74) 3.39 1.69 (10,918.66) 1.90 1.62
Adjustable 569.66 0.37 1.18 4,952.08 0.20 7.06 13,555.09 0.44 1.70
    (3,087.55) 0.22 1.89 2,650.89 0.57 2.02
Others(d) Fixed 4,911.51 3.61 3.29 4.24      
  (4,284.56) 3.36 3.95 986.08 0.87 17.85
Adjustable 413.45 61.49 3.74 5.18 1,680.80 3.16 2.47 433.45 3.22 7.88
    627.78 2.51 6.48
Total Fixed 23,267.66 355.05 1.91 3.88   0.00
  (6,789.38) 0.03 5.93 16,256.45 0.01 3.64
Adjustable 1,408.08 61.49 2.25 3.18 11,428.18 4.27 18,354.99 2.75
    (4,483.54) 0.01 2.65 2,665.63 0.01 2.03
Principal at face value 24,675.74 416.54 1.93 3.84 155.25 (567.09)
Net unamortized premium/Discount (2.17) (1,078.84) 189.47
    24,675.74 414.37 1.93 3.84 (923.59) (377.62)
Fair valuation adjustment 1,183.44(c)     901.76(c)
Total   24,675.74 414.37 1.93 3.84 259.85 524.14

 

 

 

Supplementary disclosure (direct borrowings):

The carrying amount of borrowings at 31 December 2020 was UA 24,675.74 million and the estimated fair value was UA 24,228.99 million.

(a)Currency swap agreements include cross-currency interest rate swaps.
(b)The average repricing period of the net currency obligations for adįustable rate borrowings was six months. The rates indicated are those prevailing at 31 December 2020.
(c)These amounts are included in derivative assets and liabilities on the balance sheet.
(d)These amounts relate mainly to borrowings and derivatives in AUD, CHF, NZD, TRY and ZAR. Slight differences may occur in totals due to rounding.
 C: 
 108 
 

 

 

 

The contractual (except for callable borrowings) maturity structure of outstanding borrowings as at 31 December 2021 was as

follows:

 

i)Borrowings Carried at Fair Value

(UA millions)

Periods Ordinary Callable Total
One year or less 5,293.51 145.58 5,439.09
More than one year but less than two years 4,960.31 24.18 4,984.49
More than two years but less than three years 2,118.18 75.27 2,193.45
More than three years but less than four years 794.11 14.95 809.06
More than four years but less than five years 5,663.40 149.59 5,812.99
More than five years 5,337.12 225.13 5,562.25
Total 24,166.63 634.70 24,801.33

 

ii)Borrowings Carried at Amortized Cost

(UA millions)

Periods Ordinary Callable Total
One year or less 95.55 95.55
More than one year but less than two years 157.18 157.18
More than two years but less than three years 0.15 0.15
More than three years but less than four years
More than four years but less than five years 0.11 0.11
More than five years 63.54 63.54
Subtotal 316.53 316.53
Net unamortized premium and discount (2.16) (2.16)
Total 314.37 314.37

 

The contractual (except for callable borrowings) maturity structure of outstanding borrowings as at 31 December 2020 was as

follows:

 

i)Borrowings Carried at Fair Value

(UA millions)

Periods Ordinary Callable Total
One year or less 5,512.87 143.03 5,655.90
More than one year but less than two years 5,207.64 13.57 5,221.21
More than two years but less than three years 4,881.78 4.01 4,885.79
More than three years but less than four years 2,113.20 77.29 2,190.49
More than four years but less than five years 298.20 16.79 314.99
More than five years 6,063.14 344.22 6,407.36
Total 24,076.83 598.91 24,675.74

 

ii)Borrowings Carried at Amortized Cost

(UA millions)

Periods Ordinary Callable Total
One year or less 33.22 67.00 100.22
More than one year but less than two years 93.43 93.43
More than two years but less than three years 153.04 153.04
More than three years but less than four years 0.22 0.22
More than four years but less than five years
More than five years 69.62 69.62
Subtotal 349.53 67.00 416.53
Net unamortized premium and discount (2.17) (2.17)
Total 347.36 67.00 414.36

 C: 
 109 
 

 

 

 

The fair value of borrowings carried at fair value through profit or loss at 31 December 2021 was UA 24,801.33 million (December 2020 : UA 24,675.74 million). For these borrowings, the amount the Bank will be contractually required to pay at maturity at 31 December 2021 was UA 25,543.88 million (December 2020: UA 24,674.19 million). The surrender value of callable borrowings is equivalent to the notional amount plus accrued finance charges.

As per Note M, there was a net loss of UA 111.21 million on borrowings, related derivatives and others for the year ended 31 December 2021 (December 2020: a gain of UA 63.17 million). The fair value movement attributable to changes in the Bank’s credit risk included in the other comprehensive income for the year ended 31 December 2021 was a loss of UA 38.25 million (2020: a gain of UA 19.89 million).

Fair value movements attributable to changes in the Bank’s credit risk are determined by comparing the discounted cash flows for the borrowings designated at fair value through profit or loss using the Bank’s credit spread on the relevant liquid markets for ADB quoted bonds versus LIBOR both at the beginning and end of the relevant year. The Bank’s credit spread was not applied for fair value changes on callable borrowings with less than one-year call date.

For borrowings designated at fair value through profit or loss at 31 December 2021, the cumulative unrealized fair value losses to date were UA 1,148.41 million (December 2020: UA 1,914.68 million).

 

NOTE K – Equity

Equity is composed of capital and reserves. These are further detailed as follows:

Capital

Capital includes subscriptions paid-in by member countries and Cumulative Exchange Adjustments on Subscriptions (CEAS). The Bank is not exposed to any externally imposed capital requirements.

Subscriptions Paid In

Subscriptions to the capital stock of the Bank are made up of the subscription to the initial capital, a voluntary capital increase and the nine General Capital Increases (GCI) made so far. The Fifth General Capital Increase (GCI V) was approved by the Board of Governors of the Bank on 29 May 1998 and became effective on 30 September 1999 upon ratification by member states and entry into force of the related amendments to the Agreements establishing the Bank. The GCI-V increased the authorized capital of the Bank by 35 percent from 1.62 million shares to 2.187 million shares with a par value of UA 10,000 per share. The GCI-V shares, a total of 567,000 shares, are divided into paid-up and callable shares in proportion of 6 percent paid-up and 94 percent callable. The GCI-V shares were allocated to the regional and non-regional members such that, when fully subscribed, the regional members shall hold 60 percent of the total stock of the Bank and non-regional members shall hold the balance of 40 percent.

Prior to the GCI-V, subscribed capital was divided into paid-up capital and callable capital in the proportion of 1 to 7. With the GCI-V, the authorized capital stock of the Bank consists of 10.81 percent paid-up shares and 89.19 percent callable shares.

The sixth General Capital Increase (GCI-VI) was approved by the Board of Governors of the Bank on 27 May 2010. GCI-VI increased the authorized capital stock of the Bank by 200 percent from UA 23,947 million to UA 67,687 million, with the creation of 4,374,000 new shares. The new shares created were allocated to the regional and non-regional groups in such proportions that, when fully subscribed, the regional group shall hold 60 percent of the total capital stock of the Bank, and the non-regional group 40 percent. The shares are divided into paid-up and callable shares in the proportion of 6 percent paid-up shares to 94 percent callable shares.

Prior to the GCI-VI, i.e., during the period covered by GCI-V, and by its resolution’s B/BG/2008/07 and B/BG/2009/05, the Board of Governors authorized two capital increases bringing the Authorized Capital of the Bank from UA 21,870 million to UA 22,120 million to allow the Republic of Turkey and the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg to become members of the Bank. The membership of these two countries became effective upon completion of the formalities specified in the Agreement establishing the Bank and in the General Rules Governing Admission of Non-Regional Countries to Membership of the Bank. Consequently, on 29 October 2013 and 29 May 2014, the Republic Turkey and The Grand Duchy Luxembourg respectively were formally admitted as the 78th and 79th member countries of the Bank. These shares, created under the two special capital increases, were subject to the same terms and conditions as the shares created under the GCI-V.

Following its Resolution B/BG/2012/04 of 31 May 2012, the Board of Governors authorized a Special Capital Increase of the authorized share capital of the Bank to allow for: (i) subscription by a new regional member country (the Republic of South Sudan) of the minimum number of shares required for it to become a member; and (ii) the resulting subscription by non-regional members of the number of shares necessary to comply with the 60/40 ratio requirement between the shareholding of regional and non-regional members. Accordingly, the Board of Governors decided to increase the authorized capital of the Bank by the creation of 111,469 new shares, out of which 66,881 shares shall be available for subscription by the Republic of South Sudan, and 44,588 shares, shall be available for subscription by non-regional members. In 2014, by Resolution B/BG/2014/02, the Board

 C: 
 110 
 

 

 

 

of Governors revised down to 33,895 shares the initial subscription of South Sudan’s, in line with its IMF quota. The additional shares are subject to the same terms and conditions as the shares authorized in the GCI-VI. On 30 April 2015, having completed the membership process to join the African Development Bank, South Sudan was admitted as member.

In 2019, the Board of Directors endorsed proposals made by Canada and Sweden to subscribe, temporarily, to additional non-voting callable capital of the Bank in the amounts of UA 800 million and UA 357 million, respectively. The proposals were adopted by the Board of Governors on 12 June 2019 and 31 October 2019 and accordingly, the authorized capital stock of the Bank increased. These non-voting callable shares were absorbed by Canada’s and Sweden’s subscriptions to GCI-VII when they became effective.

By resolution B/BG/2019/04 adopted on 12 June 2019, the Board of Governors authorized a capital increase of UA 1.34 billion through the creation of 134,050 new shares to allow Ireland to become a member of the Bank. The membership of Ireland became effective upon completion of the formalities specified in the Agreement establishing the Bank and in the General Rules Governing Admission of Non-Regional Countries to Membership of the Bank. Such formalities had been completed on 24 April 2020.

On 31 October 2019, the Board of Governors of the Bank approved a 125 percent increase of the capital resources of the institution. This seventh General Capital Increase (GCI-VII) increased the authorized capital stock of the Bank from UA 69,472 million2 to UA 153,191 million with the creation of 8,371,881 new shares. The new shares created were allocated to the regional and non- regional groups in such proportions that, when fully subscribed, the regional group shall hold 60 percent of the total capital stock of the Bank, and the non-regional group 40 percent. The new shares and the previous ones described above shall be divided into paid-up and callable shares in the proportion of 6 percent paid-up shares to 94 percent callable shares.

The paid-up portion of the GCI-VII subscription is payable in twelve annual instalments for member countries eligible to receive financing from ADF and eight annual instalments for member countries not eligible to receive financing from ADF. A member country’s payment of the first installment triggers its subscription and the entire callable shares are issued. Shares representing the paid-up portion of the subscription are issued only as and when the Bank receives the actual payments for such shares.

At its extraordinary meeting held on 5 March 2021, the Board of Governors adopted a resolution, effective immediately, authorizing the creation of temporary callable capital stock increasing the Bank’s capital from one hundred fifty-three billion one hundred ninety-one million three hundred sixty thousand Units of Account (UA 153,191,360,000) to one hundred eighty-one billion seven hundred ninety-five million eight hundred thirty thousand Units of Account (UA 181,795,830,000). The new shares created are in the form of callable shares, which will expire on 31 December 2023, or such earlier date as the Bank may determine. All Instruments of Subscription are qualified and effective only in the case of a single event leading to a reduction in the stock of the Bank’s AAA-rated callable capital by at least 30 percent that would have the effect of reducing the coverage of the Bank’s net debt by AAA-rated callable capital below 100 percent (the “Qualifying Event”). Upon the occurrence of the Qualifying Event, members who have subscribed to the temporary callable capital stock will acquire certain voting rights. Each share will have a par value of ten thousand Units of Account (UA 10,000), as set forth in the Resolution.

During the same extraordinary meeting, the Board of Governors approved and authorized the return and cancellation of temporary callable shares without Voting Powers, created in 2019 and subscribed by Canada and the Kingdom of Sweden, from the total authorized capital stock of the Bank, as part of the interim measures pending the conclusion of the Seventh General Capital Increase. Consequently, the authorized capital of the Bank was reduced by UA 1,157,000,000, bringing it down to UA 180,638,830,000.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2The amount of UA 69,472,550,000 includes: (i) the special capital increase authorized under Resolution B/BG/2019/04 to allow for the subscription by the Republic of Ireland (“Ireland”) (UA 1,340,500,000), (ii) the temporary increase in non-voting callable capital allocated to the Government of Canada (“Canada”) (UA 800,000,000) under Resolution B/BG/2019/09 and (iii) the temporary increase in non-voting callable capital allocated to the Kingdom of Sweden (“Sweden”) (UA 357,000,000) upon the Board of Governor’s approval of Resolution B/BG/EXTRA/2019/01.
 C: 
 111 
 

 

 

 

The Bank’s capital as at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Capital Authorized (in shares of UA 10 000 each) 180,638,830 153,191,360
Less: Unsubscribed (32,165,212) (52,344,682)
Subscribed Capital 148,473,618 100,846,678
Less: Callable Capital (138,514,715) (93,792,805)
Paid-up Capital 9,958,903 7,053,873
Shares to be issued upon payment of future installments (4,248,940) (1,973,210)
Add: Amounts paid in advance 605 546
  5,710,568 5,081,209
Less: Amounts in arrears
Capital 5,710,568 5,081,209

Included in the authorized data for 31 December 2021 is an amount of UA 38.83 million representing the balance of the shareholding of the former Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia (“former Yugoslavia”).

Since the former Yugoslavia has ceased to exist as a state under international law, its shares (composed of UA 38.83 million callable, and UA 4.86 million paid-up shares) have been held by the Bank in accordance with Article 6 (6) of the Bank Agreement. In 2002, the Board of Directors of the Bank approved the proposal to invite each of the successor states of the former Yugoslavia to apply for membership in the Bank, though such membership would be subject to their fulfilling certain conditions including the assumption pro-rata of the contingent liabilities of the former Yugoslavia to the Bank, as of 31 December 1992. In the event that a successor state declines or otherwise does not become a member of the Bank, the pro-rata portion of the shares of former Yugoslavia, which could have been reallocated to such successor state, would be reallocated to other interested non-regional members of the Bank in accordance with the terms of the Share Transfer Rules. The proceeds of such reallocation will however be transferable to such successor state. Furthermore, pending the response from the successor states, the Bank may, under its Share Transfer Rules, reallocate the shares of former Yugoslavia to interested non-regional member states and credit the proceeds on a pro-rata basis to the successor states. In 2003, one of the successor states declined the invitation to apply for membership and instead offered to the Bank, as part of the state’s Official Development Assistance, its pro-rata interest in the proceeds of any reallocation of the shares of former Yugoslavia. The Bank accepted the offer.

 C: 
 112 
 

 

 

Subscriptions by member countries and their voting power at 31 December 2021 were as follows:

(Amounts in UA thousands)

  Member States Total Shares % of Total Shares Amount Paid Callable Capital Number of Votes Voting Power
1 Algeria 727,063 5.041 273,150 6,997,470 727,688 5.029
2 Angola 164,179 1.138 59,367 1,582,442 164,804 1.139
3 Benin 28,993 0.201 10,088 279,853 29,618 0.205
4 Botswana 111,865 0.776 73,515 1,045,135 112,490 0.777
5 Burkina Faso 57,955 0.402 20,779 558,805 58,580 0.405
6 Burundi 33,333 0.231 12,257 321,076 33,911 0.234
7 Cabo Verde 9,160 0.064 3,991 87,620 9,785 0.068
8 Cameroon 153,890 1.067 50,441 1,488,471 154,515 1.068
9 Central African Republic 5,690 0.039 1,975 54,942 6,174 0.043
10 Chad 8,701 0.060 3,144 83,880 9,326 0.064
11 Comoros 1,124 0.008 634 10,626 1,749 0.012
12 Congo 58,565 0.406 21,403 564,270 59,190 0.409
13 Côte d’Ivoire 551,480 3.824 192,777 5,322,050 552,105 3.816
14 Democratic Republic of Congo 268,323 1.860 66,808 2,616,425 268,948 1.859
15 Djibouti 1,213 0.008 1,517 10,618 1,838 0.013
16 Egypt 870,586 6.036 328,787 8,377,090 871,211 6.021
17 Equatorial Guinea 9,588 0.066 7,969 87,916 10,213 0.071
18 Eritrea 4,484 0.031 2,664 42,182 4,921 0.034
19 Eswatini 16,232 0.113 9,740 152,590 16,857 0.117
20 Ethiopia 230,468 1.598 77,529 2,227,160 231,093 1.597
21 Gabon 65,385 0.453 56,236 597,628 66,010 0.456
22 Gambia 19,811 0.137 6,516 191,623 20,436 0.141
23 Ghana 323,211 2.241 106,392 3,125,521 323,836 2.238
24 Guinea 58,917 0.409 20,368 568,811 59,542 0.412
25 Guinea Bissau 972 0.007 870 8,860 1,597 0.011
26 Kenya 204,799 1.420 69,850 1,978,150 201,163 1.390
27 Lesotho 12,958 0.090 5,036 124,570 13,583 0.094
28 Liberia 28,379 0.197 10,552 273,257 29,004 0.200
29 Libya 348,840 2.419 171,725 3,316,678 349,465 2.415
30 Madagascar 93,382 0.647 31,832 902,000 94,007 0.650
31 Malawi 50,706 0.352 17,722 489,350 51,331 0.355
32 Mali 26,853 0.186 19,532 249,000 27,478 0.190
33 Mauritania 8,042 0.056 4,639 75,786 8,667 0.060
34 Mauritius 92,974 0.645 40,822 888,860 93,599 0.647
35 Morocco 558,071 3.869 233,785 5,346,940 558,696 3.861
36 Mozambique 87,215 0.605 29,134 843,038 87,840 0.607
37 Namibia 49,135 0.341 19,551 471,800 49,760 0.344
38 Niger 30,243 0.210 10,610 291,833 30,868 0.213
39 Nigeria 1,342,199 9.306 588,898 12,833,103 1,342,824 9.281
40 Rwanda 19,481 0.135 6,921 187,902 20,106 0.139
41 Săo Tomé and Príncipe 9,721 0.067 3,487 93,734 10,346 0.072
42 Senegal 150,678 1.045 53,046 1,453,751 151,303 1.046
43 Seychelles 1,837 0.013 1,871 16,499 2,462 0.017
44 Sierra Leone 16,251 0.113 12,189 150,331 16,876 0.117
45 Somalia 4,239 0.029 2,549 39,846 4,864 0.034
46 South Africa 724,933 5.026 270,324 6,979,012 725,558 5.015
47 South Sudan 47,048 0.326 3,275 467,220 47,673 0.329
48 Sudan 14,764 0.102 13,791 133,847 15,389 0.106
49 Tanzania 123,317 0.855 38,765 1,194,417 123,942 0.857
50 Togo 23,202 0.161 8,766 223,251 23,827 0.165
51 Tunisia 207,389 1.438 82,330 1,991,560 208,014 1.438
52 Uganda 57,805 0.401 20,870 557,197 58,430 0.404
53 Zambia 168,853 1.171 58,445 1,630,064 169,478 1.171
54 Zimbabwe 247,296 1.715 88,235 2,384,737 247,921 1.714
  Total Regionals 8,531,796 59.156 3,327,467 81,990,795 8,560,910 59.169

Slight differences may occur in totals due to rounding.

 C: 
 113 
 

 

 

 

(Amounts in UA thousands)

  Member States Total Shares % of Total Shares Amount Paid Callable Capital Number of Votes Voting Power
  Total Regionals 8,531,796 59.156 3,327,467 81,990,795 8,560,910 59.169
55 Argentina 12,646 0.088 6,646 119,820 13,271 0.092
56 Austria 63,445 0.440 26,798 607,660 64,070 0.443
57 Belgium 90,841 0.630 34,666 873,750 91,466 0.632
58 Brazil 21,791 0.151 16,970 200,940 22,416 0.155
59 Canada 543,253 3.767 206,554 5,225,980 543,878 3.759
60 China 172,056 1.193 71,567 1,649,000 172,681 1.193
61 Denmark 166,584 1.155 71,127 1,594,720 167,209 1.156
62 Finland 69,163 0.480 26,394 665,240 69,788 0.482
63 France 531,386 3.684 202,776 5,111,090 532,011 3.677
64 Germany 590,820 4.097 249,238 5,658,970 591,445 4.088
65 India 40,850 0.283 16,648 391,860 41,475 0.287
66 Ireland 113,566 0.787 12,979 1,122,690 114,191 0.789
67 Italy 344,845 2.391 145,600 3,302,850 345,470 2.388
68 Japan 780,395 5.411 329,615 7,474,340 781,020 5.398
69 Korea 68,085 0.472 25,554 655,310 68,710 0.475
70 Kuwait 63,176 0.438 24,109 607,660 63,801 0.441
71 Luxembourg 29,248 0.203 9,315 283,170 29,873 0.206
72 Netherlands 125,457 0.870 52,263 1,202,320 126,082 0.871
73 Norway 167,452 1.161 70,413 1,604,120 168,077 1.162
74 Portugal 34,036 0.236 13,069 327,300 34,661 0.240
75 Saudi Arabia 27,530 0.191 11,633 263,670 28,155 0.195
76 Spain 152,567 1.058 82,570 1,443,100 153,192 1.059
77 Sweden 223,319 1.548 94,084 2,139,110 223,944 1.548
78 Switzerland 207,624 1.440 80,462 1,995,780 208,249 1.439
79 Turkey 55,886 0.387 15,611 543,260 56,511 0.391
80 U.K. 257,127 1.783 128,316 2,442,970 257,752 1.781
81 U.S.A. 937,536 6.501 358,126 9,017,240 938,161 6.484
  Total Non-Regionals 5,890,684 40.844 2,383,101 56,523,920 5,907,559 40.831
  Grand Total 14,422,480 100.00 5,710,568 138,514,715 14,468,469 100.000

 

 

The subscription position including the distribution of voting rights at 31 December 2021 reflects the differences in the timing of subscription payments by member countries during the allowed subscription payment period for GCI-VI and GCI-VII. After the shares have been fully subscribed, the regional and non-regional groups are expected to hold 60 percent and 40 percent voting rights, respectively.

Slight differences may occur in totals due to rounding.

 

 

Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions (CEAS)

Prior to the fourth General Capital Increase (GCI-IV), payments on the share capital subscribed by the non-regional member countries were fixed in terms of their national currencies. Under GCI-IV, and subsequent capital increases payments by regional and non-regional members in US Dollars were fixed at an exchange rate of 1 UA = US$ 1.20635. This rate represented the value of the US Dollar to the SDR immediately before the introduction of the basket method of valuing the SDR on 1 July 1974 (1974 SDR). As a result of these practices, losses or gains could arise from converting these currencies to UA when received. Such conversion differences are reported in the Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions account.

At 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, the Cumulative Exchange Adjustment on Subscriptions were as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Balance at 1 January 148,208 148,449
Net conversion losses on new subscriptions 7,629 (241)
Balance 155,837 148,208

 

 C: 
 114 
 

 

 

 

Reserves

The reserves increased by UA 293.58 million (10.27 percent) from UA 2,857.61 million as at 31 December 2020 to UA 3,151.19 million as at 31 December 2021. This increase is due to the net effect of the UA 41.55 million net income, the opening balance sheet adjustment of UA 67.39 million for the impact of IFRIC decision on MBP, and the UA 184.65 million net gains in total OCI for the year respectively.

Retained Earnings

Retained earnings include the net income for the year after taking into account transfers approved by the Board of Governors, and net charges recognized directly in equity. Retained earnings also include the transition adjustments resulting from the adoption of new or revised financial reporting standards, where applicable. Earnings include the net income for the year, after taking into account transfers approved by the Board of Governors, and net charges recognized directly in equity.

At 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, the retained earnings were as follows:

(UA thousands)

Balance at January 1, 2020 3,088,966
Net income for the current year 139,401
Balance at 31 December 2020 3,228,367
   
Balance at January 1, 2021 3,228,367
Net income for the current year 41,546
Transfers during the year 20,217
Balance at 31 December 2021 3,290,130

 

Allocable income

The Bank uses allocable income for making distributions out of its net income. Allocable income excludes unrealized mark-to- market gains and losses associated with instruments not held for trading and adjusted for translation gains and losses.

At 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020, the allocable income were as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Income before Board of Governors’ approved distribution 96,546 198,401
⅞Unrealized (gains) / losses on borrowings and derivatives 111,213 (63,167)
Translation losses 1,475 23,175
Unrealized losses on macro hedge swaps 120 150
Allocable income 209,354 158,559

 

 C: 
 115 
 

 

 

 

During the year, the Board of Governors approved the distribution of UA 55 million (2020: UA 59.00 million) from income and the surplus account to certain entities for development purposes. With effect from 2006, Board of Governors approved distributions to entities for development purposes are reported as expenses in the Income Statement in the year such distributions are approved.

Movement in the surplus account during 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

(UA thousands)

Balance at 1 January 2020 4,962
Allocation from 2019 net income 350
Distribution to MIC Technical Assistance Fund (1,000)
Distribution to Special Relief Fund (2,000)
Distribution to the NEPAD (1,000)
Balance at December 31, 2020 1,312
   
Balance at 1 January 2021 1,312
Allocation from 2020 net income
Balance at December 31, 2021 1,312

 

Distributions to entities for development purposes, including those made from the surplus account, for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
African Development Fund (ADF) 35,000 35,000
Post Conflict Assistance – DRC 20,000 20,000
Special Relief Fund 2,000
NEPAD 1,000
MIC Technical Assistance Fund 1,000
Total 55,000 59,000

 

 

 

NOTE L – Income from Loans and Investments and Related Derivatives

Income from Loans and related derivatives

Income from loans and related derivatives for the year ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 was as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Interest income on loans not impaired 332,554 440,495
Interest income on impaired loans 36,157 38,574
Interest on loan swaps (41,611) (37,244)
  327,100 441,825
Commitment fees 36,431 41,187
Trade finance guarantee fees 782 758
Statutory commission 205 227
Sub-total 364,518 483,997
Balance sheet optimization (BSO) fees (16,274) (23,381)
Total 348,244 460,616

 

2021       2020

 C: 
 116 
 

 

 

 

Income from Investments and Related Derivatives

Income from loans and related derivatives for the year ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 was as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Interest income 161,453 196,889
Realized fair value losses on investments 3,448 73,934
Unrealized fair value gains on investments (35,561) (89,375)
Subtotal (32,113) (15,441)
     
Total 129,340 181,448

 

Total interest income on investments at amortized cost for the year ended 31 December 2021 was UA 92.28 million (2020: UA 85.10 million).

Net interest income from loans and investment and related derivatives

The net interest income on loans, investment and related derivatives for the year ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December

2020 was as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Interest income from loans 327,100 441,825
Interest income from treasury investment 161,453 196,889
Other debt securities 5,530 2,903
Total Interest Income 494,083 641,617
Borrowing expenses (71,048) (252,931)
Net interest income 423,035 388,686

 

NOTE M – Borrowing Expenses

Interest and Amortized Issuance Costs

Interest and amortized issuance costs on borrowings for the year ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 was as

follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Charges to bond issuers 387,407 498,631
Amortization of issuance costs 6,155 2,190
Interest on operating lease 219 294
Total 393,781 501,115

 

Total interest expense for financial liabilities not at fair value through profit or loss for the year ended 31 December 2021 was UA 12.84 million (December 2020: UA 20.72 million).

 C: 
 117 
 

 

 

 

Net Interest on Borrowing-Related Derivatives

Net interest on borrowing-related derivatives for the year ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 was as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Interest on derivatives payable 182,300 314,887
Interest on derivatives receivable (505,033) (563,071)
Total (322,733) (248,184)
Net borrowing expenses 71,048 252,931

 

Losses/gains on Borrowings and Related Derivatives

Gains/losses on borrowings, related derivatives and others for year ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 was as

follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
(Losses)/gains borrowings, related derivatives and others (111,213) 63,167

 

The gains on borrowings, related derivatives and others include the income statement effects of the hedge accounting, consisting of unrealized loss of UA 0.47 million, representing hedge effectiveness and UA 2.42 million of amortization of fair value adjustments on the hedged risk (See Note F).

Valuation adjustment loss in respect of counterparty risk of derivative financial assets (CVA) for the year ended 31 December 2021 amounted to UA 25.4 million (December 2020:a loss UA 18.66 million), whilst valuation adjustment gain relating to credit risk in derivative financial liabilities (DVA) for the year ended 31 December 2021 was UA 23.46 million (December 2020: a gain UA 4.52 million).

 

NOTE N – Administrative Expenses

Total administrative expenses relate to expenses incurred for the operations of the Bank and those incurred on behalf of the ADF and the NTF. The ADF and NTF reimburse the Bank for their share of the total administrative expenses, based on an agreed-upon cost-sharing formula, which is driven by certain selected indicators of operational activity for operational expenses and relative balance sheet size for non-operational expenses. However, the expenses allocated to the NTF shall not exceed 20 percent of the NTF’s gross income.

Administrative expenses for the year ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 comprised the following:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Manpower expenses 353,339 348,798
Other general expenses 40,025 40,383
Total 393,364 389,181
Reimbursable by ADF (218,564) (230,345)
Reimbursable by NTF (251) (427)
Net 174,549 158,409

* Share of ADB manpower expenses amount – UA 171.89 million (2020: UA 155.92 million)

 

 

Included in general administrative expenses is an amount of UA 0.4 million (2020: UA 1.44 million) incurred under operating lease agreements for offices in Côte d’Ivoire and in certain member countries, where the Bank has offices, the short-term leases and leases of low-value not recognized as liabilities. The payments in relation to these are recognized as an expense in profit or loss.

 C: 
 118 
 

 

 

NOTE O – Employee Benefits

Staff Retirement Plan

The Staff Retirement Plan (SRP), a defined benefit plan established under Board of Governors’ Resolution 05–89 of 30 May 1989, became effective on 31 December 1989, following the termination of the Staff Provident Fund. Every person employed by the Bank on a full-time basis, as defined in the Bank’s employment policies, is eligible to participate in the SRP, upon completion of 6 months service without interruption of more than 30 days. The SRP is administered as a separate fund by a committee of trustees appointed by the Bank on behalf of its employees.

In November 2004, the Board of Directors of the Bank approved certain revisions to the SRP, including simplification of the calculation of the employee contribution rate, more explicit reference to the Bank’s residual responsibility and rights as the SRP sponsor, changes in survivor child benefits and an increase in the pension accumulation rate from 2 percent to 2.5 percent for each year of service. Also, new members from the Field Offices of the Bank joined the Plan in 2007. Accordingly, the associated past service costs associated with these changes were reported in the financial statements of respective years.

In 2008, the early retirement provisions and the death benefits to spouses were modified, resulting in a net negative prior service cost of UA 8.12 million, which was immediately recognized. Under the revised SRP, employees contribute at a rate of 9 percent of regular salary. A tax factor included in the basis for the determination of contribution in the previous SRP has been eliminated. The Bank typically contributes twice the employee contribution but may vary such contribution based on the results of annual actuarial valuations.

In 2011, the Board of Directors approved the extension of the mandatory staff retirement age in the Bank from 60 to 62 years effective 1 January 2012. Participants of the Plan as of 11 May 2011 were given up to 31 December 2012 to make the election on either to retire at 60 years with no penalty for early retirement or accept the extension and retire at age 62. The option to retire at age 60 is not available to staff joining the Bank from 1 January 2012, the date of effectiveness of the change. Most of the existing participants opted for the revised retirement age. The impact of the change on the actuarial valuation of SRP was a curtailment of UA 10.90 million and was reported in the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2011.

During 2015, the Board of Directors approved changes to enhance financial sustainability of the Plan. These changes primarily included review of the commutation of pension as well as benefits applicable for death in retirement.

The Hybrid Scheme

On 19th September 2018, the Board of Directors approved changes to the Staff Retirement Plan (SRP or the Plan) introducing an alternative pension structure combining the features of a defined benefit (DB) and a defined contribution (DC) scheme to strengthen the Plan’s long-term sustainability, while giving flexibility to members.

The effective date of the hybrid scheme is 1 July 2019. The hybrid scheme is aimed at strengthening the Plan’s long-term financial viability and grants qualifying participants the flexibility to decide where to invest their contributions with the choice to contribute additional voluntary contributions to their personal DC accounts. Qualifying participants in the service of the Bank before the effective date will have the option to join the new hybrid scheme or remain in the current DB scheme. These changes will not affect the acquired pension rights of current plan participants or retirees’ pension benefits. However, qualifying participants joining the plan from the effective date will automatically be enrolled in the new hybrid scheme i.e. the SRP and the newly introduced defined contribution plan.

The features of the hybrid scheme are stated below:

Participants and the Bank will continue to contribute 9 percent and 18 percent of salaries respectively under the hybrid

scheme.

The Bank’s median salary will be used as the cap and will be reset every three years.
Contributions will be split between the DB and the DC at the median salary cap as follows;
a)Participants earning up to the median salary cap will contribute to the DB scheme and have only DB benefits at retirement; and

b)Participants with salaries higher than the median salary cap will contribute to the DB up to the median salary and will contribute the excess over the median salary to the DC. In effect, participants under the hybrid scheme will have benefits from both the DB and DC plans at retirement.
Participants with the DC plan will have the right to determine where their contributions will be invested and the flexibility to make additional voluntary contributions to their DC accounts.
Funds in the DC component will be invested by external fund managers for each participant’s account and related

management fees will be deducted directly from each participant’s account.

The DB benefits will remain under the administration of the Staff Retirement Plan.
 C: 
 119 
 

 

 

 

Medical Benefit Plan

The Medical Benefit Plan (MBP) was created under the Board of Directors’ resolution B/BD/2002/17 and F/BD/2002/18 of 17 July 2002 and became effective on 1 January 2003. Under the MBP, all plan members including existing staff or retirees contribute a percentage of their salary or pension while the Bank typically contributes twice the employee contribution, but may vary such contribution based on the results of annual actuarial valuations.

Contribution rates by staff members and retirees are based on marital status and number of eligible children. An MBP board, composed of selected officers of the Bank and representatives of retirees and the staff association, oversees the management and activities of the MBP. The contributions from the Bank, staff and retirees are deposited in a trust account. In accordance with the directive establishing the Plan, all Plan members including staff and retirees are eligible as beneficiaries for making claims for medical services provided to them and their recognized dependents.

On 7 January 2015, the Board of Directors approved a new set of contribution rates to the MBP for the Bank, active staff and retirees. The new set of rates were with effect from 1 September 2015 and aim at enhancing the long-term financial sustainability of the Plan.

Change in Accounting Policy – Attributing benefits to periods of service (IAS 19 Employee Benefits)

In December 2020, the IFRS Interpretation Committee (IFRIC or the Committee) discussed a submission about the periods of service to which an entity attributes benefit for a particular defined benefit plan and issued a tentative Agenda Decision. In the fact pattern submitted, a) employees are entitled to a lump sum benefit payment when they reach a specified retirement age (of 62 years) provided, they are employed by the entity when they reach that retirement age; and b) the amount of the retirement benefit to which an employee is entitled depends on the length of employee service with the entity before the retirement age and is capped at a specified number of consecutive years of service (i.e., 16 years – from age 46 to 62).

The Committee concluded that the entity described in the fact pattern should attribute retirement benefit to each year in which an employee renders service for 16 years only, that is, from the age of 46 to the age of 62 (or, if employment starts on or after the age of 46, from the date the employee first renders service to the age of 62). If an employee joins the entity before age of 46, no retirement benefit would be attributed, until the employee reaches age or 46.

At its April 2021 meeting, the Committee finalized the Agenda Decision on the basis that the principles in IAS 19, provide an adequate basis for an entity to determine the periods of service to which retirement benefit is attributed in the fact pattern described and did not add the submission to its standard setting work plan. The Committee however provided material explanations on how the applicable principles and requirements in IAS 19 should be applied to the fact pattern and in practice, which led to the change in the accounting policy on post-employee benefits.

The result of the impact analysis of the Agenda Decision on the Bank’s post-employment benefit plans, SRP and MBP for 31 December 2021, showed that the Agenda Decision did not have any significant impact on the SRP, but impacted the MBP and its accounting policy was amended accordingly.

On the MBP, the Bank previously attributed the service cost of an employee from the date they join its service, until the earliest retirement age (of 55) and recognized the service costs from that date of employment in the financial statements. Following the Committee’s Agenda Decision, the Bank elected to attribute the service cost to only the 10 years leading up to earliest retirement age (or from the date of employment to the earliest retirement age, if the employee was hired at age 45 or later) and no service cost would be recognized in the financial statements until an employee reaches the age 45 or the 10 years leading to the earliest retirement age.

Consequently, the Bank applied the Agenda Decision to the MBP in its 31 December 2021 financial statements without restating its comparative figures on the basis that the Committee’s material explanations provided new information and insights on the application of IAS 19. Therefore, adjustments to account for impact of the Agenda Decision were recognized in the opening reserves as at 1 January 2021.

The financial impact of changing the attribution period as described above resulted in a reduction of UA 67.39 million in the Employee Benefit Liabilities on the Balance sheet. This is because post-employment liabilities for all staff below age of 45 will be temporarily discontinued until they reach age of 45. However, the post-employment liabilities for staff above age 45 would be higher than presently recognized in the financial statements. Furthermore, the service and net interest costs recognized in the income statement for 31 December 2021 reduced on account of the reduced Employee Benefit liabilities on the Balance sheet.

 C: 
 120 
 

 

 

 

The summary of the impact of the Agenda Decision on the financial statements is presented below;

(UA millions)

Balance Sheet 31 December
2020
Remeasurement Adjustment 1 January
2021
Retirement Benefit Obligation 335.20 (67.39) 267.81
Fair value of Plan Assets 80.00 80.00
Net defined benefit obligation 255.20 (67.39) 187.81
Employee Benefit Liabilities 255.20 (67.39) 187.81

 

As a result of the remeasurement of the MBP, a remeasurement gain of UA 67.39 million was recognized and accounted for as a reduction in the Employee Benefit Liabilities on the Balance sheet with a corresponding increase in the remeasurement of defined benefit reserve in equity.

 

Income statement

In applying the IFRIC Agenda Decision, the annual service and net interest costs presented in the income statement reduced. Had the Bank not applied the IFRIC Agenda Decision, the annual service and net interest costs would have been UA 28.40 million as against the UA 25.70 million presented in the income statement, giving a net reduction of UA 2.70 million.

 

Statement of cashflows

The application of the IFRIC Agenda Decision did not have any material impact on statement of cash flows.

 

Reserves and Total Equity

This table shows the impact of applying the Agenda Decision on the remeasurement of defined benefit reserve and total equity. The Agenda Decision did not impact other reserves in equity.

(UA millions)

Remeasurement of defined benefits Impact on 1 January 2021
As previously stated at 31 December 2020 (465.33)
Impact of applying the IFRIC Agenda Decision 67.39
As stated at 1 January 2021 (397.94)
Total Equity  
As previously stated at 31 December 2020 7,790.61
Impact of applying the IFRIC Agenda Decision 67.39
As stated at 1 January 2021 7,858.00

 

 

 C: 
 121 
 

 

 

 

For the DC component of the hybrid plan, the amount recognized in the income statement for the year ended December 2021 was UA 0.7 million (2020: UA 0.03 million). This amount is included in Other Accounts Payable.

The pension and post-employment medical benefit expenses for 2021 and 2020 for the Bank, the ADF and the NTF combined (the Bank Group) comprised the following:

(UA millions)

  Staff Retirement Plan Medical Benefit Plan
  2021 2020 2021 2020
Current service cost – gross 79.88 75.15 26.04 26.94
Less: employee contributions (12.21) (12.48) (4.28) (4.00)
Net current service cost 67.67 62.67 21.76 22.94
Interest cost 22.22 24.34 3.90 6.06
Expected return on plan assets (15.93) (18.30)
Expense for the year 73.96 68.71 25.66 29.00

 

At 31 December 2021, the Bank had a liability to the SRP amounting to UA 245.31 million (2020: UA 377.75 million) while the Bank’s liability to the post-employment aspect of the MBP amounted to UA 203.36 million (2020: UA 255.17 million).

At 31 December 2021 and 2020 the determination of these liabilities is set out below:

(UA millions)

  Staff Retirement Plan Medical Benefit Plan
  2021 2020 2021 2020
Fair value of plan assets:        
Market value of plan assets at beginning of year 908.50 849.12 80.02 70.03
Actual return on assets 151.72 55.85 0.18 0.96
Employer’s contribution 24.42 24.97 8.56 8.01
Plan participants’ contribution during the year 12.21 12.48 4.28 4.00
Benefits paid (33.00) (33.92) (3.07) (2.99)
Market value of plan assets at the end of the year 1,063.85 908.50 89.97 80.01
Present value of defined benefit obligation:        
Benefit obligation at beginning of year 1,286.26 1,149.05 267.80 309.22
Current service cost 67.67 62.67 21.76 22.94
Employee contributions 12.21 12.48 4.28 4.00
Interest cost 22.22 24.34 5.51 7.81
Actuarial loss/(gain) (46.20) 71.63 (2.95) (5.80)
Benefits paid (33.00) (33.92) (3.07) (2.99)
Benefit obligation at end of year 1,309.16 1,286.25 293.33 335.18
Funded status:        
Liability recognized on the balance sheet at 31 December, representing excess of defined benefit over plan asset (245.31) (377.75) (203.35) (255.17)

 

 

  2021 2020
Amount recognized on the Balance sheet as Employee Benefit liabilities as at 31 December 448.66 632.92

 

 

 C: 
 122 
 

 

 

 

There were no unrecognized past service costs at 31 December 2021 and 2020. At 31 December 2021, the cumulative net actuarial losses recognized directly in equity through other comprehensive income for the SRP were UA 185.84 million (2020: losses of UA 367.82 million). The cumulative net actuarial losses recognized directly in equity through other comprehensive income for MBP were UA 28.59 million (2020: losses of UA 97.50 million).

The following summarizes the funding status of the SRP at the end of the last five fiscal years:

(UA millions)

  2021 2020 2019 2018 2017
Staff Retirement Plan:          
Fair value of Plan assets 1,063.85 908.50 849.12 711.03 736.17
Present value of defined benefit obligation (1,309.16) (1,286.25) (1,149.05) (994.27) (952.53)
Deficit funding (245.31) (377.75) (299.93) (283.24) (216.36)
Experience adjustments on plan assets 261.14 125.36 87.80 (19.90) 34.56
Experience adjustments on plan liabilities (446.98) (493.18) (421.56) (333.45) (352.80)
Net (185.84) (367.82) (333.76) (353.35) (318.24)

 

The funding status of the Medical Benefit Plan at the end of the last five fiscal years was as follows:

(UA millions)

  2021 2020 2019 2018 2017
Medical Bene t Plan:          
Fair value of Plan assets 89.97 80.02 70.03 61.61 53.77
Present value of defined benefit obligation (293.34) (335.19) (309.22) (226.67) (213.73)
Deficit funding (203.37) (255.17) (239.19) (165.06) (159.96)
Experience adjustments on plan assets (8.93) (10.36) (9.58) (8.24) (7.35)
Experience adjustments on plan liabilities (19.66) (87.14) (92.93) (32.99) (36.40)
Net (28.59) (97.50) (102.51) (41.23) (43.75)

 

 

 

Assumptions used in the latest available actuarial valuations at 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

(Percentages)

  Staff Retirement Plan Medical Benefit Plan
  2021 2020 2021 2020
Discount rate 2.15 1.75 2.26 1.90
Rate of salary increase 3.40 3.40 3.40 3.40
Future pension increase 2.30 2.00
Health care cost growth rate 5.50 5.25

 

 

 

The SRP mortality assumptions are based on the Self-Administered Pension Schemes 2008 (SAPS08) tables, specifically referenced from the experience of United Kingdom self-administered pension schemes. Similarly, the MBP mortality assumptions are also based on the Self-Administered Pension Schemes (SAPS) tables, specifically referenced from the experience of United Kingdom occupational schemes. These SAPS tables assume normal health participants, and have been updated using Continuous Mortality Investigations (CMI) 2009 projections to factor in future longevity improvements.

The discount rate used in determining the benefit obligation is selected by reference to the long-term year-end rates on AA corporate bonds from the different markets of the five currencies of the SDR.

 C: 
 123 
 

 

 

 

The medical cost inflation assumption is the rate of increase in the cost of providing medical benefits. This is influenced by a wide variety of factors, such as economic trends, medical developments, and patient utilization. For the purposes of these calculations, the medical cost inflation rate was assumed at 5 percent per annum.

The Bank’s obligation and costs for post-retirement medical benefits are highly sensitive to assumptions regarding medical cost inflation.

The average duration of SRP and MBP is 16 years and 22 years, respectively. The following table shows projected benefit cash flow outgo:

(UA millions)

  2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 to 2031
Cash flow from MBP 3.62 4.15 4.73 5.47 42.64
Cash flow from SRP 44.84 46.65 48.52 48.85 258.19

 

The following table shows the effects of a one-percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost growth rate:

(UA thousands)

  1% Increase 1% Decrease
  2021 2020 2021 2020
Effect on total service and interest cost 10,513 11,815 (7,702) (8,557)
Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation 77,639 10,392 (60,534) (78,401)

 

 

The following table shows the effect of a 1 percentage point change in the discount rate for the SRP:

(UA thousands)

  1% Increase 1% Decrease
  2021 2020 2021 2020
Effect on total service and interest cost 15,182 16,141 (20,886) (22,331)
Effect on post-retirement benefit obligation 207,145 207,874 (271,703) (273,822)

No SRP assets are invested in any of the Bank’s own financial instruments, nor any property occupied by, or other assets used by the Bank. All investments are held in active markets.

The following table presents the weighted-average asset allocation at 31 December 2021 and 2020 for the Staff Retirement Plan:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Debt securities 405,211 404,002
Equity securities 528,307 369,234
Property 112,688 124,618
Total 1,046,206 897,854

 

At 31 December 2021 and 2020, the assets of the MBP were invested primarily in short-term deposits and bonds.

The Bank’s estimate of contributions it expects to make to the SRP and the MBP for the year ending 31 December 2022, are UA 68.89 million and UA 28.56 million, respectively.

 C: 
 124 
 

 

 

NOTE P – Related Parties

The following related parties have been identified:

The Bank makes or guarantees loans to some of its members who are also its shareholders and borrows funds from the capital markets in the territories of some of its shareholders. As a multilateral development institution with membership comprising 54 African states and 26 non-African states (the “regional members” and “non-regional members”, respectively), subscriptions to the capital of the Bank are made by all its members. All the powers of the Bank are vested in the Board of Governors, which consists of the Governors appointed by each member country of the Bank, who exercise the voting power of the appointing member country. Member country subscriptions and voting powers are disclosed in Note K. The Board of Directors, which is composed of twenty (20) Directors elected by the member countries, is responsible for the conduct of the general operations of the Bank, and for this purpose, exercises all the powers delegated to it by the Board of Governors. The Bank also makes or guarantees loans to certain of the agencies of its Regional Member Countries and to public and private enterprises operating within such countries. Such loans are approved by the Board of Directors.

In addition to its ordinary resources, the Bank administers the resources of other entities under special arrangements. In this regard, the Bank administers the resources of the ADF. Furthermore, the Bank administers various special funds and trust funds, which have purposes that are consistent with its objectives of promoting the economic development and social progress of its Regional Member Countries. In this connection, the Bank administers the NTF as well as certain multilateral and bilateral donor funds created in the form of grants.

The ADF was established pursuant to an agreement between the Bank and certain countries. The general operation of the ADF is conducted by a 14-member Board of Directors of which 7 members are selected by the Bank. The Bank exercises 50 percent of the voting power in the ADF and the President of the Bank is the ex-officio President of the Fund. To carry out its functions, the ADF utilizes the officers, staff, organization, services and facilities of the Bank, for which it reimburses the Bank based on an agreed cost-sharing formula, driven in large part by the number of programs and projects executed during the year.

The Bank’s investment in the ADF is included in Equity Participations and disclosed in Note H. In addition to the amount reported as equity participation, the Bank periodically makes allocations from its income to the Fund, to further its objectives. Net income allocations by the Bank to ADF are reported as Other Resources in the Fund’s financial statements.

The NTF is a special fund administered by the Bank with resources contributed by the Government of Nigeria. The ADB Board of Directors conducts the general operations of NTF on the basis of the terms of the NTF Agreement and in this regard, the Bank consults with the Government of Nigeria. The NTF also utilizes the offices, staff, organization, services and facilities of the Bank for which it reimburses to the Bank its share of administrative expenses for such utilization. The share of administrative expenses reimbursed to the Bank by both the ADF and NTF is disclosed in Note N.

Grant resources administered by the Bank on behalf of other donors, including its member countries, agencies and other entities are generally restricted for specific uses, which include the co-financing of Bank’s lending projects, debt reduction operations and technical assistance for borrowers including feasibility studies. Details of the outstanding balance on such grant funds at 31 December 2021 and 2020 are disclosed in Note S-5.

The Bank charges fees for managing some of these funds. Management fees received by the Bank for the year ended 31 December 2021 amounted to UA 10.52 million (2020 UA 4.87 million).

The Bank also administers the SRP and MBP. The activities of the SRP and MBP are disclosed in Note O.

Management Personnel Compensation

Compensation paid to the Bank’s management personnel and executive directors during the year ended 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were made up as follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Salaries 29,409 29,791
Termination and other benefits 8,559 7,375
Contribution to retirement and medical plan 6,445 6,341
Total 44,413 43,507

 

The Bank may also provide personal loans and advances to its staff, including those in management. Such loans and advances, guaranteed by the terminal benefits payable at the time of departure from the Bank, are granted in accordance with the Bank’s rules and regulations. As of 31 December 2021, outstanding balances on loans and advances to management staff and executive directors amounted to UA 8.66 million (31 December 2020: UA 6.25 million).

 C: 
 125 
 

NOTE Q – Segment Reporting

The Bank is a multilateral development finance institution dedicated to the economic and social progress of its regional member states. The Bank’s products and services are similar and are structured and distributed in a fairly uniform manner across borrowers.

Based on the evaluation of the Bank’s operations, management has determined that ADB has only one reportable segment since the Bank does not manage its operations by allocating resources based on a determination of the contribution to net income from individual borrowers.

The products and services from which the Bank derives its revenue are mainly loans, treasury and equity External revenue for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 is detailed as follows:

 

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Interest income from loans    
 Fixed rate loans 327,617 415,460
 Variable rate loans 29,685 13,407
 Floating rate loans 11,408 50,202
  368,710 479,069
Commitment charges and commissions 21,145 18,791
Interest on loan swaps (41,611) (37,244)
Total income from loans 348,244 460,616
Income from investments 129,340 181,448
Income from other debt securities 5,530 2,903
Other income 37,291 23,845
Total external revenue 520,405 668,812

 

Revenues earned from transactions with a single borrower country of the Bank and exceeding 10 percent of the Bank’s revenue for one country amounted to UA 71.43 million for the year ended 31 December 2021 (2020: UA 133.43 million).

The Bank’s development activities are divided into five sub-regions of the continent of Africa for internal management purposes, namely: Central Africa, Eastern Africa, Northern Africa, Southern Africa, and Western Africa. Activities involving more than one single country from the continent of Africa are described as multinational activities. Treasury investment activities are carried out mainly outside the continent of Africa and are therefore not included in the table below. In presenting information on the basis of the above geographical areas, revenue is based on the location of customers.

Geographical information about income from loans for the years ended 31 December 2021 and 2020 is detailed as follows:

(UA thousands)

  Central
Africa
Eastern
Africa
Northern Africa Southern Africa Western Africa Multinational Total
2021              
Income from sovereign loans 15,340 9,461 41,311 112,890 15,334 (759) 193,577
Income from non-sovereign loans 8,016 26,487 13,955 39,137 50,551 16,521 154,667
  23,356 35,948 55,266 152,027 65,885 15,762 348,244
2020              
Income from sovereign loans 25,976 17,740 73,260 128,377 28,993 732 275,078
Income from non-sovereign loans 7,388 27,755 20,103 54,355 65,373 10,564 185,538
  33,364 45,495 93,363 182,732 94,366 11,296 460,616

 

 

 C: 
 126 
 

 

 

 

As of 31 December 2021, land and buildings owned by the Bank were located primarily at the Bank’s headquarters in Abidjan, Côte d’Ivoire. More than 90 percent of other fixed and intangible assets were located at the regional resource centers in Nairobi, Pretoria and Tunis.

 

NOTE R – Approval of Financial Statements

On March 30, 2022, the Board of Directors authorized these financial statements for issue to the Board of Governors. The financial statements are expected to be approved by the Board of Governors at its annual meeting in May 2022.

 C: 
 127 
 

 

 

Note S – Supplementary disclosures

 

Note S-1: Exchange rates

The rates used for translating currencies into Units of Account at 31 December 2021 and 31 December 2020 were as follows;

    2021 2020
1 UA = 1 SDR = Algerian Dinar 194.36500 190.64900
  Angolan Kwanza 776.74600 935.60500
  Australian Dollar 1.94119 1.90713
  Botswana Pula 16.33130 15.58730
  Brazilian Real 7.96426 7.45107
  Canadian Dollar 1.79808 1.85161
  Chinese Yuan Renminbi 8.91600 9.41203
  CFA Franc 811.73400 776.55500
  Danish Kroner 9.20217 8.80553
  Egyptian Pound 21.99690 22.65840
  Ethiopian Birr 69.53990 56.43230
  Euro 1.23748 1.18385
  Gambian Dalasi 73.78000 74.53000
  Ghanaian Cedi 8.40608 8.29624
  Guinean Franc 12756.10000 14394.40000
  Indian Rupee 105.45700 106.31100
  Japanese Yen 159.84800 149.25500
  Kenyan Shilling 158.35100 157.04000
  Korean Won 1667.20000 1593.80000
  Kuwaiti Dinar 0.42338 0.43727
  Libyan Dinar 6.43266 1.92506
  Mauritian Rupee 61.05080 57.02390
  Moroccan Dirham 12.90600 12.82530
  New Zambian Kwacha 23.32850 28.83120
  New Zealand Dollar 2.05581 2.04816
  Nigerian Naira 578.02100 546.59400
  Norwegian Krone 12.38880 12.57700
  Pound Sterling 1.04183 1.07323
  Sao Tomé Dobra 30.33710 28.73270
  Saudi Arabian Riyal 5.24120 5.40754
  South African Rand 21.26400 21.02290
  Swedish Krona 12.75930 11.96140
  Swiss Franc 1.28791 1.28162
  Tanzanian Shilling 3215.99000 3310.40000
  Tunisian Dinar 4.06525 3.89319
  Turkish Lira 18.67220 10.73870
  Ugandan Shilling 4960.57000 5275.13000
  United States Dollar 1.39959 1.44027
  Vietnamese Dong 32050.60000 33314.90000

 

No representation is made that any currency held by the Bank can be or could have been converted into any other currency at the cross rates resulting from the rates indicated above.

 C: 
 128 
 

 

 

NOTE S-2: Other Development Assistance Activities

(i)Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC)

In connection with an internationally coordinated effort between the Banks, the International Monetary Fund (the IMF), the World Bank and other bilateral and multilateral donors to assist the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) in its reconstruction efforts, the Board of Directors on 26 June 2002, approved an arrears clearance plan for the DRC. Under the arrears clearance plan, contributions received from the donor community were used immediately for partial clearance of the arrears owed by the DRC. The residual amount of DRC’s arrears to the Bank and loan amounts not yet due were consolidated into new contractual receivables, such that the present value of the new loans was equal to the present value of the amounts that were owed under the previous contractual terms. The new loans carry the weighted average interest rate of the old loans. In approving the arrears clearance plan, the Board of Directors considered the following factors: a) the arrears clearance plan is part of an internationally coordinated arrangement for the DRC; b) the magnitude of DRC’s arrears to the Bank ruled out conventional solutions; c) the prolonged armed conflict in the DRC created extensive destruction of physical assets, such that the DRC had almost no capacity for servicing its debt; and d) the proposed package would result in a significant improvement in its repayment capacity, if appropriate supporting measures are taken. Furthermore, there was no automatic linkage between the arrears clearance mechanism and the debt relief that may be subsequently provided on the consolidated facility. In June 2004, the DRC reached its decision point under the Heavily Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) initiative. Consequently, the consolidated facility has since that date benefited from partial debt service relief under HIPC.

A special account, separate from the assets of the Bank, was established for all contributions towards the DRC arrears clearance plan. Such contributions may include allocations of the net income of the Bank that the Board of Governors may from time to time make to the special account, representing the Bank’s contribution to the arrears clearance plan. The amount of such net income allocation is subject to the approval of the Boards of Governors of the Bank, typically occurring during the annual general meeting of the Bank. Consequently, income recognized on the consolidated DRC loans in current earnings is transferred out of reserves to the special account only after the formal approval of such transfer, in whole or in part, by the Board of Governors of the Bank.

(ii)Post-Conflict Countries Assistance/Transition States Facility

The Post Conflict Countries’ Fund was established as a framework to assist countries emerging from conflict in their efforts towards re-engagement with the donor community in order to reactivate development assistance and help these countries reach the Heavily Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) decision point to qualify for debt relief after clearing their loan arrears to the Bank Group. The framework entails the setting aside of a pool of resources through a separate facility with allocations from the ADB’s net income, and contributions from the ADF and other private donors.

Resources from the facility are provided on a case-by-case basis to genuine post-conflict countries not yet receiving debt relief to fill financing gaps after maximum effort by the post-conflict country to clear its arrears to the Bank Group. In this connection, the Board of Governors by its Resolution B/BG/2004/07 of 25 May 2004, established the Post-Conflict Countries Facility (PCCF) under the administration of the ADF and approved an allocation of UA 45 million from the 2003 net income of the Bank. The Board of Governors also, by its resolution B/BG/2005/05 of 18 May 2005, approved an additional allocation of UA 30 million from the 2004 net income as the second installment of the Bank’s contribution to the facility and by its resolution B/BG/2006/04 of 17 May 2006, the Board of Governors also approved the third and final installment of the Bank’s allocation of UA 25 million from the 2005 net income.

In March 2008, the Board of Directors approved the establishment of the Fragile States Facility (FSF) to take over the activities of the PCCF and in addition provide broader and integrated framework for assistance to eligible states. The purposes of the FSF are to consolidate peace, stabilize economies and lay the foundation for sustainable poverty-reduction and long-term economic growth of the eligible countries. By policy, contributions made by ADB to the PCCF/FSF are not used to clear the debt owed to the Bank by beneficiary countries.

(iii)Heavily Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) Initiative

The Bank participates in a multilateral initiative for addressing the debt problems of countries identified as HIPCs. Under this initiative, creditors provide debt relief for eligible countries that demonstrate good policy performance over an extended period- to bring their debt burdens to sustainable levels. Under the original HIPC framework, selected loans to eligible beneficiary countries were paid off by the HIPC Trust Fund at a price equivalent to the lower of the net present value of the loans or their nominal values, as calculated using the methodology agreed under the initiatives.

Following the signature of a HIPC debt relief agreement, the relevant loans were paid off at the lower of their net present value or their carrying value. On average, loans in the ADB’s portfolio carry higher interest rates than the present value discount rates applied and therefore the net present value of the loans exceeds the book value. Consequently, affected ADB loans were paid off by the HIPC Trust Fund at book values.

The HIPC initiative was enhanced in 1999 to provide greater, faster and more poverty-focused debt relief. This was achieved by reducing the eligibility criteria for qualification under the initiative and by commencing debt relief much earlier than under the original framework. Under the enhanced framework, where 33 African countries are eligible, the debt relief is delivered through

 C: 
 129 
 

 

 

 

annual debt service reductions, as well as the release of up to 80 percent of annual debt service obligations as they come due until the total debt relief is provided. In addition, interim financing between the decision and completion points of up to 40 percent of total debt relief is provided whenever possible within a 15-year horizon.

As at end December 2021, the implementation of the HIPC initiative shows that out of the 33 eligible countries, 30 RMCs have reached their completion points. Three (3) countries (Eritrea, Somalia and Sudan) have yet to complete the requirements for HIPC debt relief. Somalia, under successive IMF Staff-Monitored Programs (SMP), has made significant progress, which led to the approval of debt relief from the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund and the Bank Group. As a result, Somalia reached the HIPC Decision Point on March 25, 2020.

(iv)Multilateral Debt Relief Initiative (MDRI)

At the Gleneagles Summit on 8 July 2005, the Group of 8 major industrial countries agreed on a proposal for the ADF, the International Development Association (IDA), and the International Monetary Fund (IMF) to cancel 100 percent of their claims on countries that have reached, or will reach, the completion point under the enhanced HIPC Initiative.

The main objective of the MDRI is to complete the process of debt relief for HIPCs by providing additional resources to help 38 countries worldwide, 33 of which are in Africa, to make progress towards achieving the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs), while simultaneously safeguarding the long-term financing capacity of the ADF and the IDA. The debt cancelation would be delivered by relieving post-completion-point HIPCs’ repayment obligations and adjusting their gross assistance flows downward by the same amount. To maintain the financial integrity of the ADF, donors have committed to make additional contributions to the ADF to match “dollar-for-dollar” the foregone principal and service charge payments.

The MDRI became effective for the ADF on 1 September 2006. As of that date, the ADF wrote down its balance of disbursed and outstanding loans net of HIPC relief by an amount of UA 3.84 billion, with a corresponding decrease as of that date in the ADF’s net assets. Reduction in ADF net assets results in a decrease in the value of the Bank’s investment in the Fund. Subsequent write- down of loan balances is effected as and when other countries reach their HIPC completion point and are declared beneficiaries of MDRI loan cancelation. The reduction in the net asset value of the ADF does not include loans outstanding to MDRI countries that have not reached their HIPC completion points at the end of the year.

 C: 
 130 
 

 

 

NOTE S-3: Special Funds

Under Article 8 of the Agreement establishing the Bank, the Bank may establish or be entrusted with the administration of special

funds.

At 31 December 2021 and 2020, the following funds were held separately from those of the ordinary capital resources of the Bank:

i) The NTF was established under an agreement signed on 26 February 1976 (the Agreement) between the African Development Bank and the Federal Republic of Nigeria. The Agreement stipulates that the NTF shall be in effect for a period of 30 years from the date the Agreement became effective and that the resources of the NTF shall be transferred to the Government of Nigeria upon termination. However, the 30-year sunset period may be extended by mutual agreement between the Bank and the Federal Republic of Nigeria. At the expiry of the initial 30-year period on 25 April 2006, the Bank and the Federal Republic of Nigeria agreed to 2 interim extensions (each for 12 months) to allow for further consultations and an independent evaluation of the NTF.

Following the positive result of the independent evaluation, the NTF Agreement was renewed for a period of ten years starting from 26 April 2008. The initial capital of the NTF was Naira 50 million payable in two equal installments of Naira 25 million each, in freely convertible currencies. The first installment, equivalent to US$ 39.90 million, was received by the Bank on 14 July 1976, and payment of the second installment, equivalent to US$ 39.61 million, was made on 1 February 1977.

During May 1981, the Federal Republic of Nigeria announced the replenishment of the NTF with Naira 50 million. The first installment of Naira 35 million (US$ 52.29 million) was paid on 7 October 1981. The second installment of Naira 8 million (US$

10.87 million) was received on 4 May 1984. The payment of the third installment of Naira 7 million (US$ 7.38 million) was made on 13 September 1985.

During the year ended 31 December 2014, the Government of the Federal Republic of Nigeria authorized the withdrawal of an amount of US$13 million (UA 8.41 million) from reserves to settle its commitment on the arrears clearance of debt owed by Liberia under the internationally coordinated arrears clearance mechanism for Post Conflict Countries.

During the year ended 31 December 2015, following a request by the Government of Nigeria, on 13 May 2015, a withdrawal of US$ 10 million (UA 7.14 million) was made from the resources of the Fund and paid to the Government of Nigeria.

The resources of the NTF at 31 December 2021 and 2020 are summarized below:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Contribution received 128,586 128,586
Funds generated (net) 151,657 151,033
Adjustment for translation of currencies (100,788) (105,895)
  179,455 173,724
Represented by:    
Due from banks 3,283 2,550
Investments 87,078 93,241
Accrued income and charges receivable on loans 316 362
Accrued interest on investments 294 87
Other amounts receivable 337 514
Loans outstanding 89,699 77,703
  181,007 174,457
Less: Current accounts payable (1,552) (733)
  179,455 173,724

 

 C: 
 131 
 

 

 

 

ii) The Special Relief Fund (for African countries affected by drought) was established by Board of Governors’ Resolution 20–74 to assist African countries affected by unpredictable disasters. The purpose of this fund was subsequently expanded in 1991 to include the provision of assistance, on a grant basis, to research institutions whose research objectives in specified fields are likely to facilitate the Bank’s objective of meeting the needs of Regional Member Countries in those fields. The resources of this Fund consist of contributions by the Bank, the ADF and various member states.

The summary statement of the resources and assets of the Special Relief Fund (for African countries affected by drought) as at 31 December 2021 and 2020 follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Fund balance 125,404 125,404
 Funds generated 6,353 6,307
 Funds allocated to Social Dimensions of Structural Adjustment (SDA) 2 2
 Less: Relief disbursed (130,329) (127,597)
  1,430 4,116
 Represented by:    
 Due from bank 297 602
 Investments 1,834 3,475
 Accounts receivable/ (payable) (701) 39
  1,430 4,116

 

At 31 December 2021, a total of UA 0.57 million (US$ 0.80 million) compared with UA 0.52 million (US$ 0.73 million) in 2020, had been committed but not yet disbursed under the Special Relief Fund.

iii)  Africa Growing Together Fund (AGTF): Pursuant to the Board of Governors resolution B/BG/2014/06 of 22 May 2014, the agreement establishing the Africa Growing Together Fund was signed between the Bank and the Peoples Bank of China on 22 May 2014 to co-finance alongside the AfDB eligible sovereign and non- sovereign operations. Following the entry into force of the AGTF agreement, an initial contribution of USD 50 million towards the Fund was received by the Bank on 28 November 2014.

The summary statement of the resources and assets of the Africa Growing Together Fund as at 31 December 2021 and 2020

follows:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Contribution received 200,913 111,397
Funds generated (net) (9,693) 187
  191,220 111,584
Represented by:    
Due from bank 2,978 6,311
Loans outstanding 189,886 106,786
Accrued income and charges receivable on loans and investments 1,199 939
Less: Current accounts payable (2,843) (2,452)
  191,220 111,584

 

 C: 
 132 
 

 

 

NOTE S-4: Trust Funds

The Bank has been entrusted, under Resolutions 11–70, 19–74 and 10–85 of the Board of Governors, with the administration of the Mamoun Beheiry Fund, the Arab Oil Fund, and the Special Emergency Assistance Fund for Drought and Famine in Africa. These funds, held separately from those of the ordinary capital resources of the Bank, are maintained and accounted for in specific currencies, which are translated into Units of Account at exchange rates prevailing at the end of the year.

The Mamoun Beheiry Fund was established under Board of Governors’ Resolution 11–70 of 31 October 1970, whereby Mr. Mamoun Beheiry, former President of the Bank, agreed to set up a fund, which could be used by the Bank to reward staff members who had demonstrated outstanding performance in fostering the objectives of the Bank.
The Special Emergency Assistance Fund for Drought and Famine in Africa (SEAF) was established by the 20th Meeting of Heads of State and Governments of member countries of the African Union formerly Organization of African Unity (OAU) held in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, from 12 to 15 November 1984, under Resolution AHG/Res. 133 (XX), with the objective of giving assistance to African member countries affected by drought and famine.

The financial highlights of these Trust Funds at 31 December 2021 and 2020 are summarized below:

(UA thousands)

  2021 2020
Mamoun Beheiry Fund    
 Contribution 152 152
 Income from investments 171 163
  323 315
 Less: Prize awarded (46) (46)
 Gift (25) (25)
  252 244
 Represented by:    
 Due from banks 252 244
  252 244
Special Emergency Assistance Fund for Drought and Famine in Africa    
 Contributions 22,722 22,722
 Funds generated 7,716 7,621
  30,438 30,343
 Less: Relief disbursed (27,935) (26,862)
  2,503 3,481
 Represented by:    
 Banks and Investment 2,499 3,469
 Net Receivable 4 12
  2,503 3,481
Total Resources & Assets of Trust Funds 2,755 3,725

 

 

NOTE S-5: Grants (Donor Funds)

The Bank administers grants on behalf of donors, including member countries, agencies and other entities. Resources for Grants are restricted for specific uses, which include the co-financing of the Bank’s lending projects, debt reduction operations, technical assistance for borrowers including feasibility studies and project preparation, global and regional programs and research and training programs. These funds are placed in trust and are not included in the assets of the Bank. In accordance with Article 11 of the Agreement establishing the Bank, the accounts of these grants are kept separate from those of the Bank.

 C: 
 133 
 

The undisbursed balances of the grant resources at 31 December 2021 and 2020 were as follows:

(UA thousands)

Trust Fund Name 2021 2020
AFAWA Risk Sharing Facility 39,297
Africa Climate Change Fund 11,339 12,025
Africa Digital Financial Inclusion 13,062 8,943
ADB/African Economic Outlook(OECD RESEARCH PROJECT) 60
Africa Disaster Risk Trust Fund 6,913
Africa Growing Together Fund 2,978 7,598
Africa Integrity Fund 39,688 40,340
Africa Investment Facility 81,983 112,398
Africa Renewable Energy Initiative 3,609 4,193
Africa trade Fund 3,398 3,737
Africa Water Facility Fund 30,668 29,905
African Community of practice 2 573
African Energy Leaders Group 354 358
African Legal Support Facility 20,622 13,319
Agriculture fast track fund 6,161 7,053
AMINA 1,576 1,535
Bill and Melinda Gate Foundation TCA 7,994 7,469
Boost Africa Entrepreneurs Lab Trust Fund 1,414 918
Boost Africa Financial Instrument 4,183 4,033
Boost Africa Technical Assistance 573 939
Canada AfDB Climate Fund 75,636
Canadian Grant for Technical Assistance 227 224
Capital Market Development Trust Fund 4,271 4,453
Chinese Government Fund 243 247
Clean Technology Fund 13,036 20,627
Climate Development 6,275 7,644
Congo Basin Forest Fund 12,048 17,407
EU Africa Infrastructure Trust Fund 1,663 6,356
Facility for Energy Inclusion financial Instrument 21,077 22,975
Facility For Energy Inclusion Technical Assistance 1,027 1,075
Fertilizer Financing Mechanism 6,831 8,840
Finland 2,803 2,456
France 554 579
Fund For African Private Sector Assistance (FAPA) 37,567 36,737
Gender Equality Trust Fund 15,067 6,703
Global Agriculture and Food Security Program (GAFSP) 32,234 21,803
Global Environment Facility 15,731 29,600
Global Infrastructure Facility Fund 1,018 627
Governance Trust Fund 18 21
Green Climate Fund 743
India 1,216 1,590
Infrastructure Consortium for Africa (ICA) 230 223
Initiative Migration and Development (IMDE) 60 63
Investment Climate Facility for Africa 374 393
Italia 4,036 4,261
Korea Trust Fund 9,718 20,593
Making Finance Work for Africa (MFW4A) 590 534
MENA Transition Fund 8,444 10,944
Microfinance Trust Fund 2,460 2,666
Multi-Donor Water Partnership Program 319 301
Nepad Infrastructure 26,632 28,341
Nigeria Technical Cooperation Fund (NTCF) 3,314 3,207
Norway 46 45
Others 71 86
Portuguese Technical Cooperation Trust Fund 628 682
Private Sector Credit Enhancement Facility 197,285 189,453
Program For Infrastructure Development In Africa (PIDA) 112 118
Rockefeller Foundation 1,390 1,350
Rural Water Supply and Sanitation Initiative 28,308 35,572
SFRD (Great Lakes) 431 419
South-South cooperation Trust Fund 454 472
Statistical Capacity Building (SCB) 541 589
Strategic Climate Fund 9,525 15,416
Sustainable Energy Fund for Africa 162,732 126,758
Switzerland Technical Assistance Grant 843 1,288
Trust Fund for Countries in Transition 5,967 7,324
Uganda Road Sector Project 1,371 1,420
United Kingdom 74 72
Urban Municipal Development Fund 3,079 3,696
Value for Money Sustainability and Accountability Trust Fund 945 954
Women Entrepreneurs Finance Initiative Trust Fund 13,332 12,945
Youth Entrepreneurship Innovation Trust Fund 22,192 19,173
Zimbabwe Multi-Donor Trust Fund 4,823 7,794
Total 1,035,425 942,512

 C: 
 134 
 

 

MEMBERSHIP OF FRANCE

 

France became a member on 30 December 1983. As at 31 December 2021, a total number of 531,386 shares (par value UA 10,000 per share) of the capital stock of the Bank has been issued to France. Of this amount of
UA 5,313,860,000, the callable capital portion represented UA 5,111,090,000 and the paid-in capital was UA 202,770,000.

 

As at 31 December 2021, France was entitled to cast 532,011 votes (3.677 percent) of the total votes of all members. As at that date, France was represented on the Bank’s Board of Governors (the “Board of Governors”) by Mr. Emmanuel Moulin as Governor.

 

MEMBERSHIP OF GERMANY

 

Germany became a member of the Bank on 18 February 1983. As at 31 December 2021, a total number of 590,820 shares (par value UA 10,000 per share) of the capital stock of the Bank has been issued to Germany. Of this amount of UA 5,908,200,000, the callable capital portion represented UA 5,658,970,000 and the paid-in capital was UA 249,230,000.

 

As at 31 December 2021, Germany was entitled to cast 591,445 votes (4.088 percent) of the total votes of all members. As at that date, Germany was represented on the Board of Governors by Dr. Maria Flachsbarth as Governor.

 

 

MEMBERSHIP OF JAPAN

 

Japan became a member of the Bank on 3 December 1982. As at 31 December 2021, a total number of 780,395 shares (par value UA 10,000 per share) of the capital stock of the Bank has been issued to Japan. Of this amount of
UA 7,803,950,000, the callable capital portion represented UA 7,474,340,000 and the paid-in capital was UA 329,610,000.

 

As at 31 December 2021, Japan was entitled to cast 781,020 votes (5.398 percent) of the total votes of all members. As at that date, Japan was represented on the Board of Governors by Mr. Shunichi Suzuki as Governor.

 

MEMBERSHIP OF SWITZERLAND

 

Switzerland became a member of the Bank on 30 December 1982. As at 31 December 2021, a total number of 207,624 shares (par value UA 10,000 per share) of the capital stock of the Bank has been issued to Switzerland. Of this amount of UA 2,076,240,000, the callable capital portion represented UA 1,995,780,000 and the paid-in capital was UA 80,460,000.

 

As at 31 December 2021, Switzerland was entitled to cast 208,249 votes (1.439 percent) of the total votes of all members. As at that date, Switzerland was represented on the Board of Governors by Mr. Dominique Paravicini as Governor.

 

MEMBERSHIP OF THE UNITED KINGDOM

 

The United Kingdom became a member of the Bank on 29 April 1983. As at 31 December 2021, a total number of 257,127 shares (par value UA 10,000 per share) of the capital stock of the Bank has been issued to the United Kingdom. Of this amount of UA 2,571,270,000, the callable capital portion represented UA 2,442,970,000 and the paid-in capital was UA 128,300,000.

 

As at 31 December 2021, the United Kingdom was entitled to cast 257,752 votes (1.781 percent) of the total votes of all members. As at that date, the United Kingdom was represented on the Board of Governors by Ms. Elizabeth Truss MP as Governor.

 

 

 

 C: 
 135 
 

MEMBERSHIP OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

 

The United States of America became a member of the Bank on 8 February 1983. As at 31 December 2021, a total number of 937,536 shares (par value UA 10,000 per share) of the capital stock of the Bank has been issued to the United States. Of this amount of UA 9,375,360,000, the callable capital portion represented UA 9,017,240,000 and the paid-in capital was UA 358,120,000.

 

The General Counsel of the Treasury Department of the United States has rendered an opinion to the effect that the portion of the United States subscription to the callable capital that has been provided for in budgetary and appropriations legislation is an obligation backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, although appropriations by the United States Congress would be required to enable the Secretary of the Treasury to pay any part of the subscription to callable capital if it were called by the Bank.

 

As at 31 December 2021, the United States was entitled to cast 938,161 votes (6.484 percent) of the total votes of the members. As at that date, the United States of America was represented on the Board of Governors by Ms. Janet Yellen as Governor.

 

 C: 
 136 
 

 


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘ANNLRPT’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
Filed on:8/9/22
3/30/22
For Period end:12/31/21QRTLYRPT
1/1/21
12/31/20ANNLRPT,  QRTLYRPT
6/30/20QRTLYRPT
5/14/20
3/25/20
1/1/20
4/25/18
 List all Filings 
Top
Filing Submission 0001208646-22-000074   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Wed., Apr. 24, 4:02:28.1pm ET